WO2024031687A1 - Method and apparatus for using channel, and device and storage medium - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for using channel, and device and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024031687A1
WO2024031687A1 PCT/CN2022/112275 CN2022112275W WO2024031687A1 WO 2024031687 A1 WO2024031687 A1 WO 2024031687A1 CN 2022112275 W CN2022112275 W CN 2022112275W WO 2024031687 A1 WO2024031687 A1 WO 2024031687A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frame
channel
nav
node
duration
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/112275
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周培
黄磊
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/112275 priority Critical patent/WO2024031687A1/en
Publication of WO2024031687A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024031687A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of mobile communication technology, and specifically relate to a channel usage method, device, equipment, and storage medium.
  • Wireless fidelity can occupy up to multiple channels in the frequency domain, including a primary channel and multiple secondary channels.
  • the secondary channels collectively refer to channels other than the primary channel.
  • the busy time scenario of the primary channel when the primary channel is busy, if the secondary channel is idle, the secondary channel can be used for data transmission.
  • the busy time of the primary channel is unknown, the communication device cannot determine the usage duration of the secondary channel.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a channel usage method, device, equipment, and storage medium.
  • the embodiment of this application provides a channel usage method, including:
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  • the embodiment of this application provides a channel usage method, including:
  • the second node receives a first frame on the secondary channel, determines based on the first frame that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated, and the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  • the embodiment of this application provides a channel usage method, including:
  • the first node After sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel, the first node detects whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel The transfer opportunity was terminated.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage device, including:
  • the first communication unit is configured to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then send a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage device, including:
  • a second communication unit configured to receive a first frame on the secondary channel and determine that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame, the first frame being used to indicate the second transmission of the secondary channel. Opportunity terminated.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage device, including:
  • the detection unit is configured to detect whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated after sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the secondary channel The second transmission opportunity is terminated.
  • the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application may be the first node in the above solution or the second node in the above solution.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above channel usage method.
  • the chip provided by the embodiment of this application is used to implement the above channel usage method.
  • the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned channel usage method.
  • the computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to store a computer program, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the above channel usage method.
  • the computer program product provided by the embodiment of the present application includes computer program instructions, which cause the computer to execute the above channel usage method.
  • the computer program provided by the embodiment of the present application when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above channel usage method.
  • the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is synchronously terminated through the sending of the first frame on the secondary channel, so that the duration of the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is consistent with that of the primary channel.
  • the duration of the transmission opportunity is terminated synchronously, so that the usage duration of the secondary channel is as close as possible to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the application scenario of the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is an optional schematic diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is an optional schematic diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8A is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8B is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8C is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8D is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of the first BK frame in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of the service field in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of a QoS empty data frame in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of a transmission opportunity end frame according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of the optional composition of the A-control field in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 27 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 28 is an optional structural schematic diagram of a channel usage device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 29 is an optional structural schematic diagram of a channel usage device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 30 is an optional structural schematic diagram of a channel usage device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include: an access point (AP) 10 and a non-AP station (STA) 20.
  • the AP 10 and the non-AP 20 belong to different nodes in the communication system 100.
  • the AP 10 is an electronic device that can form a wireless LAN 30 based on the transmitted signal, such as a router, a mobile phone with a hotspot function, etc.
  • the Non-AP 20 is an electronic device that is connected to the wireless LAN 30 formed by the AP 10, such as : Mobile phones, smart washing machines, air conditioners, electronic locks and other equipment.
  • Non-AP 20 and AP 10 communicate through wireless LAN 30.
  • AP10 and Non-AP20 may be terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment may refer to an access terminal, user equipment (User Equipment, UE), user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, or remote terminal. , mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • UE User Equipment
  • UE User Equipment
  • the access terminal can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a device with wireless communications Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5th generation (5G) networks or future evolved Public Land Mobile networks (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) terminal equipment, etc.
  • 5G 5th generation
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include a network device, and the network device may be an access network device that communicates with the terminal device.
  • Access network equipment can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and can communicate with terminal equipment located within the coverage area.
  • the network equipment can be an evolutionary base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, or a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) equipment, or It is a base station (gNB) in the NR system, or a wireless controller in the Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), or the network device 120 can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, or wearable device , hubs, switches, bridges, routers, or network equipment in the future evolved Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system
  • NG RAN Next Generation Radio Access Network
  • gNB base station
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • the network device 120 can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, or wearable device , hubs, switches, bridges, routers, or network equipment in the future evolved Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include a core network device that communicates with a base station.
  • the core network device may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, such as an access and mobile device.
  • Access and Mobility Management Function for example, Authentication Server Function (AUSF), for example, User Plane Function (UPF), for example, Session Management Function (Session Management Function) Function, SMF).
  • the core network device 130 may also be an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, a session management function + core network data gateway (Session Management Function + Core Packet Gateway, SMF + PGW- C) Equipment.
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • SMF+PGW-C can simultaneously realize the functions that SMF and PGW-C can realize.
  • the above-mentioned core network equipment may also be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing the functions of the core network, which is not limited by the embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 1 exemplarily shows one AP and one Non-AP.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple Non-APs, or only multiple Non-APs. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • FIG. 1 only illustrates the system to which the present application is applicable in the form of an example.
  • the method shown in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to other systems.
  • system and “network” are often used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is just an association relationship that describes related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone. B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • the "instruction” mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an association relationship.
  • A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also mean that there is an association between A and B. relation.
  • the "correspondence” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can mean that there is a direct correspondence or indirect correspondence between the two, it can also mean that there is an associated relationship between the two, or it can mean indicating and being instructed. , configuration and configured relationship.
  • the "predefined” or “predefined rules” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other information in the device (for example, including the first node and the second node).
  • predefined can refer to what is defined in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, which may include, for example, LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems. This application does not limit this. .
  • a Basic Service Set describes a group of communication devices that communicate with each other in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). It may or may not include an Access Point (AP). AP.
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
  • AP Access Point
  • NAV Network Allocation Vectors
  • the STA will maintain two NAVs, and the AP will maintain two NAVs: NAV within the BSS (intra-BSS NAV) and basic NAV (basic NAV).
  • NAV within the BSS
  • basic NAV basic NAV
  • the NAV inside the BSS is updated through the physical layer protocol data unit (PHY Protocol Data Unit, PPDU) inside the BSS.
  • PPDU Physical layer protocol Data Unit
  • Basic NAV is updated through inter-BSS PPDU or PPDU that cannot perform intra-BSS and inter-BSS classification.
  • the NAV inside the BSS corresponds to the BSS internal NAV timer
  • the basic NAV corresponds to the basic NAV timer.
  • the virtual carrier sense (CS) indicates that the medium (medium) is idle; if at least one of the two NAV timers is If a timer value is non-zero, virtual carrier sensing indicates that the medium is busy.
  • the above NAV definition does not clarify whether the NAV definition is for the primary channel or the secondary channel, which makes the rules for the use of secondary channels unclear and causes confusion when using the primary and secondary channels.
  • Rules for using secondary channels include:
  • WIFI can occupy up to multiple channels in the frequency domain, including one primary channel and multiple secondary channels.
  • the secondary channels collectively refer to channels other than the primary channel.
  • the rules for using secondary channels are: Primary channel idle channel evaluation ( Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) is detected as idle, and the CCA result of Point Interframe Space (PIFS) PIFS will be checked on the secondary channel. If the secondary channel is also idle, then the secondary channel can follow the primary channel. use together.
  • CCA Clear Channel Assessment
  • PIFS Point Interframe Space
  • Rule 2 In subchannel selective transmission (SST), the STA chooses the best 1MHz, 2MHz, 4MHz, 8MHz, and 16MHz channels to communicate with the S1G AP to avoid some fading channels.
  • SST subchannel selective transmission
  • the STA can work alone on the secondary channel, but the primary channel needs to be available and always in use.
  • the SST mechanism of Rule 2 still does not break away from the limitation that if the primary channel CCA detects that it is busy, the secondary channel cannot be used.
  • Rule 3 When the primary channel is busy, the STA performs CCA on other channels of the operating bandwidth and transmits on the channel that successfully completes CCA. When the primary channel is busy, any transmission on the non-primary channel should end at the same time. This is possible when the PPDU length and/or NAV information is known for the BUSY primary channel. When the duration for which the primary channel is busy is unknown, the STA uses the secondary channel anyway and periodically polls the primary channel while transmitting short bursts on the secondary channel.
  • the usage time of the secondary channel should be consistent with the busy end time of the primary channel. If it is inconsistent, it will affect the use of the secondary channel by other STAs. For example: when a certain STA's main channel is busy, it occupies the secondary channel for a long time, but other STAs do not know the usage of the secondary channel and cannot use the secondary channel, thereby reducing the chance of other STAs using the secondary channel and occupying the secondary channel.
  • the secondary channel serves as a channel access opportunity for other overlapping Basic Service Set (OBSS) STAs of the primary channel.
  • OBSS Basic Service Set
  • Rule 3 considers the scenario where the busy time of the primary channel is known, but does not consider how the usage duration of the secondary channel should be modified if the busy time of the primary channel is reset, that is, the duration of the primary channel is modified, so as to allow the secondary channel to be used as much as possible.
  • the usage duration of the channel is close to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
  • the PPDU length and/or NAV information is known, but the NAV of the main channel is reset. At this time, the usage duration of the main channel is unknown, so there is a problem with the use of the secondary channel.
  • the busy time of the AP main channel is known to be T0.
  • the AP will set the NAV/duration field of the secondary channel to be less than or equal to T0.
  • the main channel sends Contention-Free End at time T1. , CF-End) frame, the NAV of the primary channel is reset immediately, and the primary channel is available (available) that is, idle. At this time, the usage duration of the primary channel has been updated. If the usage duration (or NAV) of the secondary channel is not updated, , the PPDU sent on this channel may exceed the updated main channel busy time (ie T1), which may cause unfairness to other STAs.
  • the related technology does not consider how to modify the usage time of the secondary channel after the busy time of the main channel is terminated, so as to make the usage time of the secondary channel as close as possible to the actual usage time of the main channel, and maintain the safety of other devices. Fairness using secondary channels.
  • Figure 4 is a channel usage method provided by an embodiment of the present application, applied to the first node, as shown in Figure 4, including:
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  • Figure 5 is a channel usage method provided by an embodiment of the present application, applied to the second node, as shown in Figure 5, including:
  • the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel, and determines that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame.
  • the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated. termination.
  • Figure 6 is a channel usage method provided by an embodiment of the present application, applied to a wireless communication system including a first node and a second node. As shown in Figure 6, it includes:
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  • the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
  • the second node determines that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame.
  • the first node uses the secondary channel to communicate with other nodes.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node, that is, the first node and the second node are users of the secondary channel and can communicate through the secondary channel.
  • the first node is a transmission opportunity holder (holder) of the secondary channel
  • the second node is a transmission opportunity responder (responder) of the secondary channel.
  • the second node is a transmission opportunity holder (holder) of the secondary channel
  • the first node is a transmission opportunity responder (responder) of the secondary channel.
  • the first node and the second node are each a node in the BSS, and the node may be an access point (AP) or a station (STA). It can be understood that the first node and the second node include at most one AP.
  • AP access point
  • STA station
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node, or the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
  • the first node and the third node are the users of the main channel, and the first node and the third node can Frames are transmitted over the channel.
  • the first node serves as the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel
  • the third node serves as the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the third node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel
  • the first node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the first node and the third node determine the usage duration of the main channel based on the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel. At this time, the first node and the third node respectively maintain the NAV of the main channel, and the NAV is 0. The second node maintains the NAV of the main channel, and the size of the NAV is the same as the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
  • the third node is another node in the BSS where the first node and the second node are located, and the second node and the third node
  • the three nodes are the users of the main channel, and the second node and the third node can transmit frames on the main channel.
  • the second node serves as the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel
  • the third node serves as the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the third node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel
  • the second node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the second node and the third node determine the usage duration of the main channel through the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, and the first The node determines the usage duration of the main channel by maintaining the NAV value of the main channel, and the size of the NAV of the main channel maintained by the first node is the same as the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel can also be used for communication between the first node and the second node.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel and the secondary channel are used between the first node and the second node.
  • second transmission opportunity for communication is used.
  • the transmission opportunity may be used for P2P transmission.
  • the first node may have capability one, or may not have capability one.
  • Capability one refers to the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor channels on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time.
  • the first node can only perform CCA and/or monitor the channel in a time-sharing manner on the primary channel and the secondary channel.
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, it considers that the current primary channel has been terminated, and then sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
  • One frame the duration of the second transmission opportunity to terminate the secondary channel based on the indication of the first frame. It can be understood that the termination of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel can be understood as the duration of the second transmission opportunity being reset to 0.
  • the first frame is a CF-End frame.
  • the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is synchronously terminated by sending the first frame on the secondary channel, thereby making the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel
  • the duration is terminated synchronously with the duration of the transmission opportunity of the primary channel, so that the usage duration of the secondary channel is as close as possible to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated after the first frame is sent.
  • the first node After completing the transmission of the first frame, the first node terminates the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel. After completing the reception of the first frame, the second node terminates the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel, thereby realizing synchronization of the duration of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel between the first node and the second node.
  • the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, it sends a frame to the second node.
  • the frame 701 is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated, and the first node considers the secondary channel to be idle after completing the transmission of the frame 701.
  • the second node considers the secondary channel to be idle.
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated by:
  • Method 1 Receive the second frame on the main channel
  • Method 2 Actively terminate and send the second frame on the main channel
  • Method 3 The third frame is received on the secondary channel.
  • the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the second frame is a contention-free CF-End frame.
  • the third frame is used to request to send the first frame. It can be understood that the third frame is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the main channel.
  • the first node receives a second frame on the main channel, determines based on the second frame that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, and the second frame is used to indicate that the The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the first node receives the second frame sent by the second node or the third node on the primary channel, sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame.
  • the first node may be a transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel, or may be a transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel.
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity for the primary channel is terminated based on the second frame received on the primary channel.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel may be used for communication between the first node and the third node or communication between the second node and the third node or communication between the first node and the second node.
  • the third node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, sends the second frame to the first node, and the first node receives The second frame sent by the third node.
  • the third node For the third node, the third node sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the third node serves as the transmission opportunity maintenance end of the main channel.
  • the third node sends a second frame to the first node on the main channel, the first node receives the second frame on the main channel, and the first node determines the third frame of the main channel based on the received second frame.
  • a transmission opportunity is terminated and the first frame is sent to the second node on the secondary channel.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, and the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between STA1 and the third node STA3.
  • STA3 is If the primary channel has a transmission opportunity holder, STA3 sends the second frame to STA1 on the primary channel, STA1 receives the second frame on the primary channel, and STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel. At this time, STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node AP and the second node STA2, and the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the AP and the third node STA3.
  • STA3 is The transmission opportunity holder of the primary channel, then STA3 sends the second frame to the AP on the primary channel, the AP receives the second frame on the primary channel, and the AP sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel.
  • the AP is the transmission opportunity sustainer of the secondary channel or the transmission opportunity responder of the secondary channel.
  • the second node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, sends the second frame to the first node, and the first node receives The second frame sent by the second node.
  • the second node For the second node, the second node sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2
  • the secondary channel is the communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2
  • STA2 is the primary channel.
  • transmission opportunity holder then STA2 sends the second frame to STA1 on the primary channel, STA1 receives the second frame on the primary channel, and STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel.
  • STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the first node A node determines that the first transmission opportunity for the primary channel is terminated based on the second frame.
  • the second node receives a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the third node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the main channel, and the second node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the main channel.
  • the second node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel and sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the second node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the main channel
  • the third node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the main channel.
  • the first node receives the second frame sent by the second node or the third node when it has capability one.
  • the first node is a maintenance end or a transmission opportunity response end of the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
  • the first node receives the frame on the primary channel based on the ability to perform CCA or monitor the channel on the primary channel and secondary channel simultaneously.
  • the first node sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node AP and the second node AP
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node AP and the third node STA3
  • the AP is the transmission opportunity holder of the main channel
  • the AP sends the second frame to STA3 on the main channel
  • STA1 receives the second frame on the main channel based on the ability to perform CCA or monitor the channel on the main channel and the secondary channel at the same time.
  • STA1 sends the first frame to the AP on the secondary channel
  • the AP receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
  • STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, and the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node STA2 and the third node STA3.
  • STA2 is the transmission opportunity holder of the main channel, then STA2 sends the second frame to STA3 on the main channel, and STA1 receives the second frame on the main channel based on the ability to perform CCA or monitor the channel on the main channel and the secondary channel at the same time.
  • STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel, and STA2 receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
  • STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
  • the first node resets the maintained NAV of the main channel to 0, and the main channel is idle.
  • the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, thereby determining that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node or the communication between the first node and the second node, and the first node maintains the transmission opportunity of the main channel. , the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
  • the first node If the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, the first node sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated. termination.
  • the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel and sends the second frame to the third node, and the third node A second frame is received on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, the first node sends the second frame to the third node on the main channel, and sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel.
  • the third node receives the second frame on the primary channel and the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node, and the first node is the maintenance end of the transmission opportunity of the main channel
  • the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel
  • the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated
  • the second node receives the first frame
  • the second frame sent by the first node is received on the secondary channel.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is the communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2
  • STA1 is the transmission opportunity holder of the primary channel, then STA1 sends the second frame to STA2 on the primary channel, and STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel.
  • the first node receives a third frame on the secondary channel and determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated based on the third frame.
  • the third frame is used to request the first
  • the node sends the first frame, and the third frame is also used to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the second node sends a third frame on the secondary channel, and the third frame is used to request the first node to send the first frame.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node, and the first node does not have capability one.
  • the second node determines that the first transmission opportunity is terminated and sends the third frame to the first node on the secondary channel.
  • the first node receives the third frame on the secondary channel.
  • the first node After receiving the third frame, the first node After the frame, the first frame is sent to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame sent by the first node on the secondary channel.
  • the first node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel.
  • the second node may determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated based on the second frame transmitted on the primary channel.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the second node AP and the third node STA3, and the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the second node AP and the first node STA1.
  • STA1 does not have the capability 1.
  • STA3 sends a second frame to the AP to indicate the termination of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
  • the AP determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated based on the received second frame, and then the maintained main channel is NAV is set to 0, and the AP sends the third frame to STA1 on the secondary channel to request STA1 to send the first frame.
  • the first node STA1 sends the first frame to the AP on the secondary channel based on the third frame to indicate the termination of the secondary channel.
  • second transmission opportunity is used for communication between the second node AP and the third node STA3
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the second node AP and the first node STA1.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the second node STA2 and the third node STA3, and the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between STA2 and the first node STA1.
  • STA1 is not With capability 1
  • STA3 sends a second frame to STA2 to indicate the termination of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
  • STA2 determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated based on the received second frame, and sets the NAV of the maintained main channel to 0.
  • STA2 sends the third frame to STA1 on the secondary channel to request STA1 to send the first frame.
  • the first node STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel based on the third frame to indicate the termination of the second frame of the secondary channel. Transmission opportunities.
  • the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate the first transmission of the main channel.
  • the opportunity duration is terminated.
  • the second node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the first node after receiving the third frame, the first node resets the maintained NAV of the main channel to 0 and considers the main channel to be idle.
  • the third frame includes one of the following:
  • Second block acknowledgment (BlockAck, BA) frame First block acknowledgment (BlockAck, BA) frame, first acknowledgment ACK frame, reverse protocol allowed frame, CF-End frame.
  • the first BA frame is a modified BA frame based on the BA frame in the protocol.
  • the first ACK frame is a modified ACK frame based on the ACK frame in the protocol.
  • the frames allowed by the reverse protocol are when the reverse protocol of the secondary channel is turned on.
  • the CF-End frame is a frame sent by the second node as the secondary channel's transmission opportunity response end to the first node as the secondary channel's transmission opportunity maintenance end.
  • the CF-End frame is transmitted by the second node as the secondary channel's transmission opportunity response end to the secondary channel. The opportunity to maintain the frame sent by the first node was sent.
  • the first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
  • the first BA frame requests the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel based on the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in the BA control field of the first BA frame.
  • the first PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
  • the first ACK frame requests the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel based on the second indication information.
  • the first PPDU may include at least one of the following: non-HT PPDU, non-HT duplicate PPDU, HT PPDU, VHT PPDU, HE PPDU or EHT PPDU.
  • the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
  • B7 ⁇ B15 of the service field are reserved bits, then you can use the reserved bits in the reserved bits B7 ⁇ B15 (can be any bit, such as B9) as Second instruction information.
  • the frames allowed by the reverse protocol can be understood as management frames or empty data frames sent by the transmission opportunity responder to the transmission opportunity sustainer based on the reverse protocol.
  • the frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
  • QoS quality of service null data frame
  • the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or set information.
  • the frame body field is used for transmitted information.
  • the frame body field of the end of transmission opportunity frame is empty or setting information, the frame is an end of transmission opportunity frame.
  • the transmission opportunity end frame may include the following fields: a frame control field, a duration field, a receiving address field, a sending address field, a frame body field, and a frame check sequence (FCS) field. .
  • the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
  • the (QoS) Null frame requests the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel based on the third indication information.
  • the third indication information is a control identifier whose value is the second value in the A-Control field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame, and the The first field in the HT control field whose value is the third value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
  • B0-B1 of the HT Control field of the QoS Null frame is set to 11
  • B2-B31 of the HT Control field is defined as the A-Control field
  • the first 4 bits of the A-Control field are control Identification (Control ID)
  • Control ID values 7-14 are not used.
  • Control ID 7 (or any value from 7-14) can be defined as the third indication information.
  • the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU, so The second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
  • the frame allowed by the reverse protocol can be used as an acknowledgment frame (BA frame or Ack frame) at the same time.
  • the second node can pass the frame allowed by the reverse protocol. Reply to the PPDU frame received from the first node.
  • the allowed frame of the reverse protocol does not have the confirmation function to confirm the PPDU, the allowed frame of the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame (BA frame or Ack frame) that confirms the second PPDU. .
  • the second node sends the first acknowledgment frame on the secondary channel, and the first node sends the first acknowledgment frame on the secondary channel.
  • the first acknowledgment frame is received on the secondary channel.
  • the second node In the case where the allow frame of the reverse protocol does not have the acknowledgment function of acknowledging the PPDU, the second node, after receiving the second PPDU, sends the first acknowledgment frame to the first node for acknowledging the second PPDU, And send reverse protocol allowed frames on the secondary channel after the first acknowledgment frame.
  • the conditions for the third frame to include frames allowed by the reverse protocol are: the first node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel, and the first node turns on the Reverse protocol for secondary channels.
  • the third frame when the first node enables the reverse protocol for the secondary channel, the third frame may be a frame allowed by the reverse protocol. Otherwise, the third frame does not include a frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
  • the first node sends a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening a reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  • the second node receives the third PPDU on the secondary channel.
  • the first node serves as the transmission opportunity maintenance end of the secondary channel and sends the PPDU on the secondary channel to instruct the second node to start the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  • the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  • the fourth indication information is located in the reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
  • the transmission opportunity maintenance end can indicate whether to enable it through the reverse direction grant (RDG)/More PPDU (More PPDU) subfield of the HT Control field (HT Control field) in the PPDU sent on the secondary channel.
  • RDG reverse direction grant
  • More PPDU Moore PPDU
  • HT Control field HT Control field
  • the transmission opportunity maintainer has opened the Reverse direction protocol, which allows the transmission opportunity responder to send the PPDU.
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends the first frame on the secondary channel, including:
  • the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated at the first moment, and then sends the first frame on the secondary channel at the second moment, and the second moment is located after the first moment and is the same as the first moment.
  • the first moment is separated by the first duration.
  • the first duration includes at least one SIFS duration.
  • the first frame is sent after a SIFS interval.
  • the first duration includes one SIFS;
  • the first frame is sent after the PPDU being sent and the acknowledgment frame for the PPDU is received.
  • the first duration at least includes: the sending duration of the PPDU being sent and the reception of the acknowledgment frame. Duration and a SIFI;
  • the first duration at least includes: the duration of sending the acknowledgment frame used for feedback of the third frame.
  • the size of the first duration may be determined based on the data exchanged between the first node and the second node.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not place any limit on the size of the fourth duration.
  • the first node receives a sixth frame on the secondary channel
  • the sixth frame is a response frame of the first frame
  • the sixth frame is used to terminate the secondary channel.
  • Figure 9 This embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage method, applied to the first node, as shown in Figure 9, including:
  • the first node After sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel, the first node detects whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the first node of the secondary channel The second transmission opportunity is terminated.
  • the first node After sending the fourth PPDU on the secondary channel, the first node detects on the primary channel whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated. If the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, it ends the second transmission of the secondary channel. opportunity, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is not terminated, continue to send the next fourth PPDU on the secondary channel.
  • the first node does not have capability one and cannot perform CCA or monitor the channel on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time. At this time, the first node monitors whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel has been terminated on the primary channel and transmits the fourth PPDU on the secondary channel in a time-sharing manner.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node.
  • the first node is the transmission opportunity holder of the secondary channel and can send PPDU to the second node on the secondary channel.
  • the first node is terminated at the first transmission opportunity when it cannot learn the main channel through the second node,
  • the reason why the first node cannot learn the first transmission opportunity of the main channel through the second node and is terminated includes at least one of the following:
  • the second node participates in the transmission of the primary channel, but the second node cannot send the third frame on the secondary channel;
  • the second node does not participate in the transmission of the main channel.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node; or, for communication between the third node and the fourth node.
  • the first node working on the secondary channel cannot learn that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated.
  • the channel usage method when it is determined that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the transmission opportunity on the secondary channel is synchronously terminated, so that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is synchronized with the transmission opportunity of the primary channel. Terminate, so that the usage duration of the secondary channel is as close as possible to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
  • the fourth PPDU includes:
  • a regular PPDU sent when the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset may be ignored or the NAV value of the main channel exceeds the first threshold
  • the short PPDU is sent when the NAV value of the main channel does not exceed the first threshold, and the length of the short PPDU is smaller than the length of the regular PPDU.
  • the fourth PPDU sent by the first node includes two types:
  • the first type conventional PPDU
  • the second type is short PPDU.
  • the first node may directly send a regular PPDU, ignoring the possibility of NAV being reset.
  • the first node may consider the possibility of the NAV being reset, and if the value of the NAV maintained by the main channel does not exceed the first threshold, it may be considered that the possibility of the NAV maintained by the main channel being reset is high, then Send short PPDU.
  • the first threshold may be a duration specified in the protocol, a set duration, or a duration indicated by the set parameter.
  • the first threshold is determined based on a transmission opportunity length threshold using RTS/CTS conditions.
  • the first threshold is 32 ⁇ s*transmission opportunity length threshold based on using RTS/CTS conditions.
  • the length of the short PPDU includes at least one of the following:
  • the length is determined based on the length of the conventional PPDU and the first value.
  • the lengths of different short PPDUs are the same or different.
  • the length of the short PPDU is a fixed length
  • the length of the short PPDU sent each time does not change, and the lengths of different short PPDUs are the same.
  • the length of the short PPDU is a length in the first length range
  • the length of the short PPDU sent each time is a length obtained based on sequence or randomly within the first length range, then different short PPDUs have different lengths. .
  • the length of the short PPDU is determined based on the length of the conventional PPDU and the first value
  • the first value is less than 1, and the first value remains unchanged, and the length of the short PPDU sent each time does not change. change
  • the lengths of different short PPDUs are the same.
  • the first node detects whether the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated by at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame is used to indicate that the network allocation vector NAV of the main channel is reset to 0.
  • the first node determines whether the first transmission opportunity is terminated through CCA or channel monitoring of the main channel. When the result of CCA is that the main channel is idle, or the first node is received on the main channel indicating that the NAV of the main channel is reset to 0. Four frames later, the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated.
  • the conditions for determining that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated through CCA include:
  • the second duration includes one of the following:
  • Short interframe space SIFS Short interframe space SIFS, centralized coordination function interframe space PIFS, distributed coordination function interframe space DIFS.
  • the conditions under which the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated include:
  • a second frame is transmitted on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the sending end of the second frame is sent by any node using the main channel.
  • the channel usage method provided by the embodiment of the present application can proactively monitor whether the first transmission opportunity of the main channel has been terminated on the main channel when the first transmission opportunity of the main channel cannot be known, and during the monitoring process,
  • the length of the sent PPDU can be flexibly controlled by sending regular PPDU or short PPDU, so that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated in time, so as to terminate the secondary channel as much as possible, so that the usage time of the secondary channel is close to that of the primary channel Actual usage duration to maintain fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
  • a BSS may include a primary channel and multiple secondary channels, and a node may be associated with some or all of the channels in a BSS. It is understandable that a node can work on some or all of the channels in a BSS.
  • TXOP defines the duration for two nodes that perform frame transmission to send frames on the channel.
  • the NAV maintained by other nodes associated with the channel for the channel is set to the duration of the transmission opportunity.
  • nodes that have not established a transmission opportunity on the primary channel maintain the NAV of the primary channel.
  • nodes that have not established a transmission opportunity on the channel maintain the NAV of the secondary channel.
  • a node can be associated with multiple secondary channels.
  • the main channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
  • the main channel is maintained with a NAV, and the NAV is 0, the main channel is considered idle; otherwise, the main channel is considered busy.
  • the main channel maintains two NAVs, and both NAVs are 0, the main channel is considered idle; otherwise, the main channel is considered busy.
  • the updating method of the NAV maintained by the main channel includes: receiving a fourth frame on at least one channel including at least the main channel, then the NAV maintained by the main channel is reset to the NAV indicated by the fourth frame. A duration.
  • the fourth frame may be received on one or more channels at the same time. If the channel on which the fourth frame is received includes the main channel, the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset based on the fourth frame. It can be understood that resetting the NAV maintained on the main channel can be understood as updating the NAV maintained on the main channel, and the size after the update may be larger or smaller than the size before the update.
  • the fourth frame may include the second frame.
  • the fourth frame may include but is not limited to: RTS frame, CTS frame, CF_END frame.
  • the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
  • the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame
  • the first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
  • the methods for resetting the two NAVs include:
  • Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
  • a first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
  • both NAVs are reset to the first duration, the two NAVs are a whole, and the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is the first duration.
  • a first target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the first duration, the two NAVs are independent, and the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is the larger of the two NAVs.
  • the first target NAV is updated, and the other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is not updated.
  • the first target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the first duration
  • the two Another NAV among the NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
  • the first target NAV is reset first, and the other NAV of the two NAVs is updated following the first target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
  • the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS
  • the first target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • Basic NAV is based on inter-BSS PPDU updates
  • intra-BSS NAV is based on intra-BSS PPDU updates or PPDU updates that cannot be recognized as intra-BSS PPDUs or inter-BSS PPDUs.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • the fourth frame received by STA1 belongs to inter-BSS, and the receiving address is not the MAC address of STA1, then the BSS internal NAV of the main channel is reset.
  • the fourth frame received by STA2 belongs to inter-BSS, and the receiving address is The MAC address of STA2 will not reset the basic NAV of the main channel. At this time, it can be considered that STA2 has established the first transmission opportunity on the main channel.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • the fourth frame received by STA1 belongs to the internal BSS, and the receiving address is not the MAC address of STA1, then the BSS internal NAV of the main channel is reset, and the receiving address of the fourth frame received by STA2 is the MAC address of STA2. Then the NAV of the main channel is not reset. At this time, it can be considered that STA2 has established the first transmission opportunity on the main channel.
  • the corresponding NAV is maintained for each channel.
  • node STA3 is associated with secondary channel 1 and secondary channel 2, and maintains the NAV of secondary channel 1 and the NAV of secondary channel 2.
  • a secondary channel is maintained with a NAV and the NAV is 0, the secondary channel is considered idle; otherwise, the secondary channel is considered busy.
  • a secondary channel is maintained with two NAVs, and both NAVs are 0, the secondary channel is considered to be idle; otherwise, the secondary channel is considered to be busy.
  • one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first channel of the at least one secondary channel.
  • the number of NAVs maintained by different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
  • the primary channel is any secondary channel among multiple channels associated with a node. If the first channel maintains one NAV, the transmission opportunity duration of the node that establishes the transmission opportunity on the first channel is the same as the duration of the NAV; if the first channel maintains two NAVs, the first transmission opportunity will be used for the first time.
  • the transmission opportunity usage duration of a node that establishes a transmission opportunity on the channel is the same as the larger of the two NAVs.
  • the updating method of the NAV maintained by the secondary channel includes: when a fifth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained by the first channel is reset to the fifth frame.
  • the second duration of the frame indication is: when a fifth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained by the first channel is reset to the fifth frame.
  • the fifth frame may be received on one or more channels at the same time. If the channel on which the fifth frame is received includes the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset based on the fifth frame. It can be understood that resetting the NAV for the first time the channel is maintained can be understood as updating the NAV for the first time the channel is maintained, and the size after the update may be larger or smaller than the size before the update.
  • the fifth frame includes the first frame.
  • the fifth frame may also include a sixth frame.
  • the fourth frame may include but is not limited to: RTS frame, CTS frame, CF_END frame.
  • the fourth frame and the fifth frame may be the same frame.
  • the frame is received on a channel including at least a main channel and a first channel.
  • the main channel and the first channel can be compared based on the frame.
  • the secondary channels are respectively maintained with NAV reset.
  • the first channel is maintained for one NAV, the first channel is maintained for one NAV and is reset to the second duration.
  • the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame
  • the second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
  • a second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
  • both NAVs are reset to the second duration, the two NAVs are a whole, and the duration of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is the second duration.
  • a second target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, the two NAVs are independent, and the duration of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is the larger of the two NAVs.
  • the second target NAV is updated, and the other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is not updated.
  • the second target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the second duration
  • the two Another NAV in the NAV other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
  • the second target NAV is reset first, and the other NAV of the two NAVs is updated following the second target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
  • the second target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • STA1 and STA2 establish the first transmission opportunity on the main channel.
  • the fourth frame receiving address received by STA3 is not its own MAC address, so the NAV of the main channel is reset.
  • the fourth frame receiving address received by STA2 is its own MAC address, the NAV of the main channel will not be reset.
  • the primary channel and the four secondary channels maintain their own NAVs respectively. If a CTS frame is received on the main channel, and if the CTS frame satisfies the requirement to reset the NAV maintained on the main channel, the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset. If a CTS frame is received on secondary channel 2, and if the CTS frame satisfies the requirement to reset the NAV maintained on secondary channel 2, the NAV maintained on secondary channel 2 is reset.
  • the NAV on the primary channel and the secondary channel is defined, and then different secondary channels are proposed based on whether the AP or STA accesses the secondary channel and whether the device has the ability to listen on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time.
  • Channel usage plan is defined.
  • NAVs There may be 1 or 2 NAVs on the main channel.
  • the station or AP will maintain a single NAV on the 20MHz main channel, abbreviated as P20 NAV.
  • a STA that receives at least one valid frame in a physical layer service data unit (PHY Service Data Unit, PSDU) (or PPDU) in a channel containing at least P20 can use any valid duration field (duration) from the PSDU (or PPDU). field) to update its P20 NAV.
  • PSDU physical layer service data unit
  • PPDU PPDU
  • the STA should not update its P20 NAV.
  • the STA shall update its P20 NAV when the duration of the reception is greater than the STA's current P20 NAV value.
  • STA except STA whose RXVECTOR parameter RESPONSE_INDICATION of the received PS-Poll frame is NDP response shall update its P20 NAV according to the following conditions: When the new P20 NAV value When greater than the current P20 NAV value, set the data rate selection rule to use a duration value equal to the time (in microseconds) required to transmit one Ack frame plus one SIFS. If the calculated duration includes a fractional part, the value is rounded up to the next higher integer.
  • the update rule for P20 NAV is: if a frame to set or reset NAV is received on a channel containing at least P20, the P20 NAV will be set or reset.
  • the station or AP will maintain two NAVs on the main 20MHz bandwidth channel: intra-BSS NAV in P20 (abbreviated as P20 intra-BSS NAV) and basic NAV in P20 (abbreviated as P20 basic NAV).
  • P20 intra-BSS NAV is updated via PPDU within the BSS.
  • P20 intra-BSS NAV corresponds to the P20 intra-BSS NAV timer
  • P20 basic NAV corresponds to the P20 basic NAV timer.
  • CS indicates that the medium (medium) is idle; if the value of at least one of the two P20 NAV timers is non-0 , then the virtual CS indicates that the medium is busy.
  • the STA shall modify the P20 intra-BSS NAV based on the duration indicated by the PSDU or PDDU received on the channel including at least P20 if the following conditions are met:
  • the received frame is within the BSS
  • the indicated duration is greater than the current P20 intra-BSS NAV value
  • the RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA; or the current STA is not the holder of the Transmission Opportunity (TXOP), and the frame carried by the PPDU is not a frame requesting the STA to respond immediately; or the current STA STA is a TXOP holder, and the received frame is a trigger frame.
  • TXOP Transmission Opportunity
  • the STA shall modify the P20 basic NAV based on the duration indicated by the PSDU or PDDU received on the channel including at least P20 if the following conditions are met:
  • the received frame is inter-BSS or cannot be identified as intra-BSS or inter-BSS;
  • the indicated duration is greater than the current P20 basic NAV value
  • the RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA.
  • the main channel when the main channel defines 2 NAV, the main channel can be determined to be idle only when the values of P20 intra-BSS NAV and P20 basic NAV are both 0.
  • the NAV of the secondary channel can be defined as non-primary 20MHz channel NAV (abbreviated as NP20 NAV).
  • NP20 NAV non-primary 20MHz channel NAV
  • one or two NP20 NAVs are defined for each 20MHz non-primary channel, that is, a secondary channel other than the primary channel.
  • the station or AP will maintain an NP20 NAV on the 20MHz non-primary channel.
  • a STA that receives at least one valid frame in a PSDU (or PPDU) in a channel containing at least a 20Mhz subchannel may use information from any valid duration field in the PSDU (or PPDU) to update the NP20 NAV for that 20Mhz subchannel.
  • the STA should not update the NP20 NAV of its 20Mhz sub-channel.
  • the STA should update the NP20 NAV of the 20Mhz secondary channel.
  • STAs other than S1G STAs whose RXVECTOR parameter RESPONSE_INDICATION of the received PS-Poll frame is an NDP response shall update the NP20 NAV containing the 20Mhz sub-channel according to the following conditions: When the new NP20 NAV value is greater than the current NP20 NAV value, set the data rate selection rule to use a duration value equal to the time (in microseconds) required to transmit one Ack frame plus one SIFS. If the calculated duration includes a fractional part, the value is rounded up to the next higher integer.
  • the update rule for NP20 NAV is: if a frame to set or reset NAV is received on a channel containing at least a 20Mhz sub-channel, the NP20 NAV on that sub-channel will be set or reset. It is worth noting that when a STA is associated with a 20MHz*n BSS, then each of the n-1 20MHz non-main channels needs to define 1 NP20 NAV, so a total of n-1 NP20 NAVs need to be defined. . For example, if the BSS is an 80MHz BSS, then 3 NP20 NAVs need to be defined and maintained.
  • the following uses 40MHz BSS, 80MHz BSS and 80MHz BSS with 20MHz puncturing as examples for explanation. Other examples of bandwidth and puncturing combinations are similar to those listed and will not be explained one by one. It is worth noting that the following examples all use the Duration/ID field of the Request To Send (RTS)/Clear To Send (CTS) frame to set NAV as an example, but the frames for setting NAV are not limited to RTS/CTS frame, it can also be any other frame with Duration/ID field.
  • RTS Request To Send
  • CTS Clear To Send
  • the source (Source) (AP/STA) sends RTS frames on the 20MHz primary channel.
  • the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination. , so Destination will not set NAV on the primary channel.
  • the other end (STA or AP) receives the RTS on the primary channel, since the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the other end, the other end will set NAV on the primary channel.
  • the duration of the NAV is in the RTS frame.
  • the Duration/ID field indicates (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame).
  • the Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the primary channel, and other ends will based on the Duration/ID of the CTS. field updates NAV on the primary channel (the figure still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel is reduced to 0, the other end can perform CCA of DIFS duration on the primary channel. If the detection result is idle, then Others can compete for the use of the channel on the primary channel. Since no frames are sent on the 20MHz non-primary channel (also called secondary channel), Others can compete to use the channel immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration idle on the non-primary channel.
  • Source sends RTS frames on the 20MHz non-primary channel (also called secondary channel).
  • non-primary channel also called secondary channel.
  • STA/AP receives the RTS frame on the non-primary channel
  • the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the Other
  • the Other will set NAV on the non-primary channel.
  • the duration of the NAV is the Duration/ of the RTS frame. ID field indicates (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame).
  • the Destination that receives the RTS frame on the non-primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the non-primary channel, and Other will set the NAV based on the CTS.
  • the Duration/ID field updates the NAV on the non-primary channel (the illustration is still the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the non-primary channel is reduced to 0, Other can perform CCA of DIFS duration on the non-primary channel. If the result is idle, then Other can compete for the use of the channel on the non-primary channel. Since no frames are sent on the 20MHz primary channel, Others can compete to use the channel immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration idle on the primary channel.
  • Source sends RTS frames on the 40MHz channel (including primary channel and non-primary channel).
  • the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination , so Destination will not set NAV on primary channel and non-primary channel.
  • the Other receives the RTS on the primary channel and non-primary channel, since the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will set NAV on the primary channel and the non-primary channel.
  • the duration of the NAV is The Duration/ID field of the RTS frame indicates (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame).
  • the Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel and non-primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel. Others will update NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the figure still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel and non-primary channel is reduced to 0, Other can perform DIFS duration CCA on the primary channel and non-primary channel. If the result is idle, then Other can compete for use on the primary channel and non-primary channel. channel.
  • Source sends RTS frames on the primary channel.
  • Destination since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination, Destination will not be set on the primary channel. NAV.
  • the Other receives the RTS frame on the primary channel, since the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will set NAV on the primary channel.
  • the duration of the NAV is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame. (That is, the end time of sending the Ack frame).
  • the Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS.
  • the Source Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the primary channel, and Other will respond based on the Duration/ID field of the CTS. Update NAV on the primary channel (the figure still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel is reduced to 0, Other can perform CCA of DIFS duration on the primary channel. If the result is idle, then Other can compete for the channel in the primary channel. Since no frames are sent on non-primary channel 1, non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3, Other CCA detects DIFS duration on non-primary channel 1, non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 These channels can be used as soon as they become free.
  • Source sends RTS frames on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3.
  • RA the MAC address of Destination
  • Destination will not set NAV on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3.
  • Other receives the RTS frame on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3
  • the RA of RTS is not Other's MAC address
  • Other will receive the RTS frame on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel.
  • the duration of NAV is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame).
  • the Destination that receives the RTS frame on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not respond to non-primary channel 2 and non- NAV is set on primary channel 3, and Other will update NAV on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the picture still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 is reduced to 0, Other can perform CCA on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 to detect the CCA of DIFS duration.
  • Non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 compete for use of the channel. Since no frames are sent on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1, Others can compete to use these channels immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration of idleness on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1.
  • Source sends RTS frames on primary channel and non-primary channel 1.
  • Destination since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination, Destination does not NAV will be set on primary channel and non-primary channel 1.
  • the Other receives the RTS frame on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1
  • the RA of RTS is not the MAC address of the Other
  • the Other will set NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1.
  • NAV The duration is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame).
  • the Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1 will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not be set on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1. NAV, and Other will update NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1 based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the figure is still the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel and non-primary channel 1 is reduced to 0, Other can perform DIFS duration CCA on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1. If the result is idle, then Other can perform CCA on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1. 1Competition to use the channel. Since no frames are sent on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3, Others can compete to use these channels immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration of idleness on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3.
  • the Source is the 80MHz channel punctured in non-primary channel 2 (primary channel+non-primary channel 1+non-primary channel 3) RTS frame is sent on Destination.
  • the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination, Destination will not set NAV on primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3.
  • the Other (STA/AP) receives the RTS frame on the primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3, since the RA of RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will receive the RTS frame on the primary channel, non-primary channel Set NAV on 1 and non-primary channel 3.
  • the duration of NAV is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame).
  • Destination that receives RTS frames on primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3 will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not be on the primary channel, non-primary channel.
  • NAV NAV on primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3
  • Other will update NAV on primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3 based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the picture is still Ack frame sending end time).
  • CCA can be performed on the primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3 to detect the CCA of DIFS duration. If the result is Idle, then Others can compete to use the channel in the primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3. Since no frames are sent on non-primary channel 2, Others can compete to use the channel immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration idle on non-primary channel 2.
  • the site AP will maintain two NAV (NP20 NAV) on each secondary 20MHz channel, and the access point will maintain two NAV (NP20 NAV) on each secondary 20MHz channel.
  • NP20 NAV intra-BSS NAV in NP20 (abbreviated as NP20 intra-BSS NAV) and basic NAV in NP20 (abbreviated as NP20 basic NAV).
  • NP20 intra-BSS NAV and NP20 basic NAV are defined as follows:
  • NP20 intra-BSS NAV is updated through PPDU within the BSS
  • NP20 basic NAV is updated through PPDU between BSS or PPDU that cannot be classified within BSS and between BSS.
  • NP20 intra-BSS NAV corresponds to the NP20 intra-BSS NAV timer
  • NP20 basic NAV corresponds to the NP20 basic NAV timer.
  • CS indicates that the medium (medium) is idle; if the value of at least one of the two NP20 NAV timers is non 0, the virtual CS indicates that the medium is busy.
  • the STA shall modify the NP20 intra-BSS NAV based on the duration indicated by a PSDU or PDDU received on a channel that includes at least a sub-20 MHz channel if the following conditions are met:
  • the received frame is within the BSS
  • the indicated duration is greater than the current NP20 intra-BSS NAV value
  • the RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA; or the current STA is not the holder of the Transmission Opportunity (TXOP), and the frame carrying the PPDU is not a frame requesting the STA to respond immediately; or the current STA STA is a TXOP holder, and the received frame is a trigger frame.
  • TXOP Transmission Opportunity
  • the STA shall modify the NP20 basic NAV based on the duration indicated by a PSDU or PDDU received on a channel that includes at least a sub-20 MHz channel if the following conditions are met:
  • the received frame is inter-BSS or cannot be identified as intra-BSS or inter-BSS;
  • the indicated duration is greater than the current NP20 basic NAV value
  • the RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA.
  • each of the n-1 20MHz non-main channels needs to define 2 NP20 NAVs, so a total of 2*(n-1 ) NP20 NAVs, including n-1 NP20 basic NAVs and n-1 NP20 intra-BSS NAVs.
  • the BSS is an 80MHz BSS
  • 3 NP20 basic NAVs and 3 NP20 intra-BSS NAVs need to be defined and maintained.
  • the non-primary 20MHz channel can be determined to be idle only when NP20 intra-BSS NAV and NP20 basic NAV are both 0.
  • the primary signal and each secondary channel to define 1 NAV as an example to explain the termination of the usage duration of the secondary channel.
  • the primary channel and each secondary channel define 2 NAV (basic NAV and intra-BSS NAV) scenario next time
  • the method of terminating the usage duration of the channel is similar and will not be described again here.
  • the STA/AP after the STA/AP sends CF-End, it will immediately terminate the use of the relevant channel (for example, terminate TXOP and/or reset NAV to 0).
  • the method for terminating the usage duration of the secondary channel provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described based on different situations in which the AP accesses the secondary channel or the STA accesses the secondary channel.
  • the device that performs secondary channel access is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel.
  • Embodiment 1 AP performs secondary channel access
  • the AP does secondary channel access, that is, the AP is a TXOP holder on the secondary channel. Since the AP has strong capabilities, it can be assumed that the AP has the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor channels on the primary channel and secondary channel at the same time. When the AP detects on the primary channel that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset, the AP can directly send CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
  • the transmission opportunity update of the secondary channel is shown in Figure 17.
  • AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • the AP and STA 2 establish a TXOP on the secondary channel with a duration less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is the AP).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1
  • the main channel TXOP holder taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP
  • sends CF-End then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1. At this time, the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is updated.
  • the AP learns on the primary channel that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset, and the AP as the secondary channel TXOP holder finishes sending the current PPDU (PPDU 2) and receiving it.
  • the CF-End is actively sent on the secondary channel to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
  • the secondary channel is idle after T2 time.
  • its main channel is also idle after time T2.
  • the AP and STA are not limited to establishing TXOP on the main channel, and it can also be P2P transmission.
  • Embodiment 2 STA performs secondary channel access
  • the STA may or may not have the ability to simultaneously CCA and/or monitor the primary channel and secondary channel.
  • Scenario 1 STA has the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor channels on the primary channel and secondary channel simultaneously.
  • AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking AP as an example, it can also be STA 1) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
  • STA 2 Since STA 2 has the ability to CCA and/or monitor channels on both the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time, STA 2 on the primary channel can learn that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset. At this time, STA 2's TXOP on the secondary channel should also be terminated. As the secondary channel TXOP holder, STA2 sends the CF-End on the secondary channel at T2 time after sending the current PPDU (PPDU 2) and receiving the BlockAck/Ack interval SIFS. Then the secondary channel is idle after T2 time.
  • PPDU 2 current PPDU
  • SIFS BlockAck/Ack interval
  • STA 2 as a TXOP holder, sends the CF-End on the secondary channel to the AP as the TXOP responder, there is a SIFS interval.
  • the AP can also broadcast a CF-End to indicate the termination of the secondary channel TXOP.
  • Scenario 2 STA performs CCA and/or monitors the channel on the primary channel and secondary channel in a time-sharing manner
  • the STA does not have the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor the channel on the primary channel and secondary channel at the same time.
  • the STA When the STA does not have the ability to CCA and/or monitor channels on both the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time, the STA needs to monitor management frames and other information on the primary channel, and then go to the secondary channel to send and receive data frames and/or control frames according to the AP's schedule. After the secondary channel completes sending and receiving frames, the STA needs to return to the primary channel to continue monitoring management frames on the primary channel. Therefore, the STA can only perform CCA and/or monitor the channel in a time-sharing manner on the primary channel and the secondary channel. When the NAV on the primary channel is reset, the STA may not be able to learn in time and still work according to the originally set secondary channel TXOP duration. This This will cause the problem of inconsistency between the usage time of the secondary channel and the actual usage time of the primary channel.
  • the termination scheme for the secondary channel usage duration includes the following two schemes:
  • Solution 1 The AP sends a frame on the secondary channel to instruct the STA to send CF-End to end the secondary channel TXOP.
  • STA 2 is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel.
  • the AP as a TXOP responder, can only send Ack/BlockAck frames, or the TXOP holder allows the TXOP responder to send other than Ack/BlockAck frames through the reverse direction protocol.
  • PPDU i.e. other frames.
  • AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1
  • the main channel TXOP holder taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP
  • sends CF-End then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
  • STA 2 can only perform CCA and/or monitor channels in a time-sharing manner on the primary channel and secondary channel, STA 2 cannot know that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset, but the AP can reply on the secondary channel after receiving the current PPDU (PPDU2) interval SIFS. Modify the Ack/BlockAck frame or other frames (PPDU) allowed by the Reverse direction protocol to request the TXOP holder to terminate the use of the secondary channel, and then STA 2 as the TXOP holder at the T2 moment after the interval SIFS sends CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the time TXOP of the channel. In addition, after STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel being idle after time T2.
  • PPDU2 PPDU2
  • PPDU2 PPDU2
  • frame format modification solutions include:
  • BlockAck frame The format of the BlockAck frame is shown in Figure 20. You can use B0 of the BA Control field reserved bit or any bit (such as B0) from B5 to B8 to define it as TXOP End.
  • TXOP holder i.e. STA 2
  • the PPDU may be non-HT PPDU, non-HT duplicate PPDU, HT PPDU, VHT PPDU, HE PPDU or EHT PPDU.
  • B0 to B6 of the SERVICE field are Scramble Initialization, and B7 ⁇ B15 of the SERVICE field are reserved bits. Then any of the reserved bits B7 ⁇ B15 can be used.
  • a bit (for example, B8) is defined as TXOP End.
  • this bit (i.e., B8) is set to 1 in the SERVICE field in the Data field of the HT PPDU carrying the Ack frame, it means that the sender of the Ack frame requests the receiver to terminate immediately.
  • TXOP That is, the AP, as the TXOP holder on the secondary channel, sends an Ack to the TXOP holder (i.e. STA 2), requesting the TXOP holder to immediately terminate the TXOP of the secondary channel.
  • TXOP holder turns on the reverse protocol by default on the secondary channel.
  • the TXOP holder i.e. STA 2
  • the TXOP holder can set the RDG/More PPDU subfield of the HT Control field to 1 in the PPDU sent on the secondary channel, which means that the TXOP holder has opened the Reverse direction protocol, which allows the TXOP responder to send PPDU.
  • the AP as the TXOP responder can send a PPDU carrying TXOP End to instruct the TXOP holder to terminate the TXOP immediately.
  • PPDU also includes the frame control field, duration field, address 1 to address 4 fields, sequence control bullet, and FCS field.
  • STA 2 is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel and has opened the Reverse direction protocol.
  • the AP can send the newly designed TXOP End frame (management frame, Action frame, requires Ack) or The (QoS) Null frame that carries control information suggests that the TXOP holder terminates the TXOP of the secondary channel, and then the TXOP holder confirms it (that is, the TXOP holder sends CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the TXOP of the secondary channel).
  • AP and STA 1 established a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1
  • the main channel TXOP holder taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP
  • sends CF-End then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
  • the AP can send the newly designed TXOP End frame or carry the new TXOP End frame on the secondary channel after receiving the current PPDU (PPDU2) interval SIFS.
  • the (QoS) Null frame with control information recommends that the TXOP holder terminates the use of the secondary channel.
  • the frame also has the BlockAck/Ack function to confirm the PPDU (PPDU2). Then after the SIFS interval, according to the Reverse direction protocol, STA 2 needs to Ack the TXOP End frame sent by the AP or the (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
  • STA 2 At time T2 after STA 2 sends the Ack interval SIFS, STA 2, as the TXOP holder, sends a CF-End TXOP on the secondary channel to terminate the secondary channel. After STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel becoming idle after time T2.
  • AP and STA 1 established a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1
  • the main channel TXOP holder taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP
  • sends CF-End then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
  • STA 2 as a TXOP holder cannot know that the NAV of the main channel has been reset, but STA 2 has turned on the Reverse direction protocol. Then the AP will send BlockAck/Ack for confirmation after receiving the current PPDU (PPDU2) interval SIFS. Then the AP sends a newly designed TXOP End frame or a (QoS) Null frame carrying control information on the secondary channel at intervals of SIFS time, suggesting that the TXOP holder terminates the use of the secondary channel. Then after the SIFS interval, STA 2 needs to Ack the TXOP End frame sent by the AP or the (QoS) Null frame carrying control information according to the Reverse direction protocol.
  • PPDU2 PPDU2
  • the AP sends a newly designed TXOP End frame or a (QoS) Null frame carrying control information on the secondary channel at intervals of SIFS time, suggesting that the TXOP holder terminates the use of the secondary channel.
  • STA 2 needs to Ack the T
  • STA 2 At time T2 after STA 2 sends the Ack interval SIFS, STA 2, as the TXOP holder, sends a CF-End TXOP on the secondary channel to terminate the secondary channel. After STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel becoming idle after time T2.
  • the newly designed TXOP End frame sent by the AP on the secondary channel or the (QoS) Null frame carrying control information has the function of BlockAck/Ack.
  • the frame format is as shown in Figure 25, and the frame body (ie TXOP End) part can be empty (Null).
  • the TXOP responder sends the frame to the TXOP holder, which advises the TXOP holder to stop TXOP immediately.
  • the frame format is shown in Figure 26.
  • B0-B1 of the HT Control field of the QoS Null frame is set to 11
  • B2-B31 of the HT Control field is defined as the A-Control field.
  • the first 4 bits of the A-Control field are Control ID.
  • the following Control Information can be empty, which means that the QoS Null frame requests the TXOP holder to stop TXOP immediately.
  • the AP participates in the transmission of the main channel but the AP cannot send CF-End on the main channel (for example, the STA has been sending on the main channel), or the AP does not participate in the transmission of the main channel (for example, the main channel performs P2P transmission), it works in secondary mode. STA 2 of the channel cannot know the status of the primary channel, so it can only use the secondary channel directly.
  • AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2.
  • a TXOP with a secondary channel establishment duration less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder can be an AP or a STA 2).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
  • STA 2 Since the AP cannot send CF-End on the secondary channel, STA 2 has the following two options when using the secondary channel:
  • Option 1 Ignore the possibility of resetting NAV on the main channel: STA 2 directly sends a complete (full) PPDU, and then checks whether the NAV on the main channel has been reset;
  • Option 2 Consider the possibility of resetting the NAV on the main channel: STA 2 sends a short PPDU, and then checks whether the NAV on the main channel has been reset;
  • the information/criteria based on which TA decides whether to send full PPDU or short PPDU on the secondary channel is: the TXOP length (or NAV length) of the primary channel.
  • TXOP length threshold using RTS/CTS conditions (dot11TXOPDurationRTSThreshold, less than 1023)
  • the threshold 32us*dot11TXOPDurationRTSThreshold
  • the actions of STA2 after sending the full PPDU include: STA2 performs CCA detection on the main channel and/or receives frames sent on the main channel;
  • the length of short PPDU is determined by:
  • ⁇ Short PPDU length is fixed to a shorter length, such as L_min bytes; the length of PPDU sent each time remains unchanged;
  • ⁇ Short PPDU length takes a value as needed/randomly in a shorter interval, such as [L_min1, L_min2]; the length of the PPDU sent each time is variable;
  • the actions of STA2 after sending short PPDU include: STA2 performs CCA detection on the main channel and/or receives frames sent on the main channel;
  • T_burst 2*SIFS+TXTIME(Ack/BlockAck).
  • Instruction method 1 AP actively sends CF-End on the secondary channel to end the secondary channel TXOP
  • STA 2 communicates with the AP on the secondary channel. Since the AP has strong capabilities, it can monitor on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time. Then when the primary channel NAV is reset, the AP can learn the information on the primary channel. Therefore, the AP can directly send the TXOP established on the secondary channel between the CF-End and STA 2 on the secondary channel.
  • AP and STA 1 established a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1
  • the main channel TXOP holder taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP
  • sends CF-End then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
  • STA 2 cannot know that the NAV of the main channel has been reset, but the AP as the TXOP responder can actively send CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the TXOP of the secondary channel at T2 time after replying the BlockAck/Ack interval SIFS of the current PPDU (PPDU2), then The secondary channel is idle after time T2.
  • STA 2 receives the CF-End sent by the AP on the secondary channel at T2, it can also default to the main channel being idle after T2.
  • Instruction method 2 AP actively sends CF-End suggestion TXOP on the secondary channel, and the holder sends CF-End to end the secondary channel TXOP.
  • STA 2 is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel.
  • the AP actively sends a CF-End request to the TXOP holder to terminate the use of the secondary channel, and then the TXOP holder confirms it. That means that after the AP sends CF-End on the secondary channel, STA 2 also sends CF-End on the secondary channel to confirm the termination of the use of the secondary channel.
  • AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1).
  • AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2).
  • the main channel NAV is reset at time T1
  • the main channel TXOP holder taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP
  • sends CF-End then the main channel will be idle after time T1.
  • the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
  • STA 2 cannot know that the NAV of the main channel has been reset, but the AP can actively send CF-End on the secondary channel after replying to the BlockAck/Ack interval SIFS of the current PPDU (PPDU2) (the CF-End is initiated by the TXOP responder and its function is to suggest TXOP holder terminates TXOP), and then at T2 time after the interval SIFS, STA 2, which is the TXOP holder, also sends a CF-End TXOP on the secondary channel to terminate the secondary channel.
  • STA 2 after STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel being idle after time T2.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application.
  • the implementation of the examples does not constitute any limitations.
  • the terms “downlink”, “uplink” and “sidelink” are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, where “downlink” is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is from the station.
  • uplink is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction from the user equipment of the cell to the site
  • sidelink is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is A third direction sent from User Device 1 to User Device 2.
  • downlink signal indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term “and/or” is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a channel usage device provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is applied to the first node. As shown in Figure 28, the channel usage device 2800 includes:
  • the first communication unit 2801 is configured to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then send a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated after the first frame is sent.
  • the first frame is a contention-free end CF-End frame.
  • the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to receive a second frame on the main channel, determine based on the second frame that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, and the second The frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to actively terminate the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, thereby determining that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to send a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the second frame is a CF-End frame.
  • the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to receive a third frame on the secondary channel, and determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated based on the third frame.
  • the third frame is Requesting the first node to send the first frame.
  • the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate the third frame of the main channel. A transmission opportunity was terminated.
  • the third frame includes one of the following:
  • the first block acknowledges the BA frame, the first acknowledgement ACK frame, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol, and the CF-End frame.
  • the first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
  • the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in the BA control field of the first BA frame.
  • the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the secondary channel. usage of.
  • the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
  • the frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
  • QoS quality of service null data frame
  • the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or setting information.
  • the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
  • the third indication information is a control identifier whose value is the first value in the A-Control field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame,
  • the first field in the HT control field whose value is the second value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
  • the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
  • the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to receive all the frames allowed by the reverse protocol on the secondary channel if they are independent of the first acknowledgment frame used to acknowledge the second PPDU.
  • the first acknowledgment frame is further configured to receive all the frames allowed by the reverse protocol on the secondary channel if they are independent of the first acknowledgment frame used to acknowledge the second PPDU.
  • the conditions for the third frame to include frames allowed by the reverse protocol are: the first node is the second transmission opportunity sustainer of the secondary channel, and the first node is enabled. Reverse protocol for the secondary channel.
  • the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to send a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  • the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  • the fourth indication information is located in the reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
  • the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to determine at the first moment that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then send the first frame on the secondary channel at the second moment, and the second moment is located After the first time and separated from the first time by a first period of time.
  • the first duration includes at least a short interframe space SIFS duration.
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node; or,
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
  • the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
  • the maintained NAV of the primary channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
  • the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
  • the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame
  • the first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
  • the primary channel is maintained with two NAVs
  • Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
  • a first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
  • the first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration
  • the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
  • the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS
  • the first target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • a corresponding NAV is maintained for each sub-channel associated with a node.
  • one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first of the at least one secondary channel.
  • the number of NAVs maintained for different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
  • the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second NAV indicated by the fifth frame. Duration.
  • the NAV for which the channel is maintained for the first time is reset to the second duration.
  • the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame
  • the second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
  • the first channel is maintained for two NAV cases
  • a second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
  • the second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
  • the second target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structural composition of the channel usage device provided by the embodiment of the present application. It is applied to the second node. As shown in Figure 29, the channel usage device 2900 includes:
  • the second communication unit 2901 is configured to receive a first frame on the secondary channel, and determine that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame, where the first frame is used to indicate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel. The transfer opportunity was terminated.
  • the second transmission opportunity for the secondary channel is terminated upon receipt of the first frame.
  • the first frame is a contention-free end CF-End frame.
  • the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to send a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to receive a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the second frame is a CF-End frame.
  • the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to send a third frame on the secondary channel, and the third needle is used to request the first node to send the first frame.
  • the frame is also used to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated.
  • the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the main channel The first transmission opportunity is terminated.
  • the third frame includes one of the following:
  • the first block acknowledges the BA frame, the first acknowledgement ACK frame, the reverse protocol allowed frame, and the CF-End frame.
  • the first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
  • the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in the BA control field of the first BA frame.
  • the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the secondary channel. usage of.
  • the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
  • the frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
  • QoS quality of service null data frame
  • the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or setting information.
  • the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
  • the third indication information is a control identifier whose value is the first value in the A-Control field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame,
  • the first field in the HT control field whose value is the second value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
  • the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
  • the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to receive all the frames allowed by the reverse protocol on the secondary channel if they are independent of the first acknowledgment frame used to acknowledge the second PPDU.
  • the first acknowledgment frame is independent of the first acknowledgment frame used to acknowledge the second PPDU.
  • the conditions for the third frame to include frames allowed by the reverse protocol are: the second node is the second transmission opportunity responder of the secondary channel, and the first node is enabled. Reverse protocol for the secondary channel.
  • the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to receive a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  • the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  • the fourth indication information is located in the reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
  • the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node; or,
  • the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node.
  • the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
  • the maintained NAV of the primary channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
  • the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
  • the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame
  • the first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
  • the primary channel is maintained with two NAVs
  • Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
  • a first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
  • the first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration
  • the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
  • the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS
  • the first target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • a corresponding NAV is maintained for each sub-channel associated with a node.
  • one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first of the at least one secondary channel.
  • the number of NAVs maintained for different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
  • the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second NAV indicated by the fifth frame. Duration.
  • the first channel when the first channel is maintained for one NAV, the first channel is maintained for one NAV and is reset to the second duration.
  • the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame
  • the second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
  • the first channel is maintained for two NAV cases
  • a second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
  • the second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
  • the second target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic diagram 3 of the structure of a channel usage device provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is applied to the first node. As shown in Figure 30, the channel usage device 3000 includes:
  • Detection unit 3001 is configured to detect whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated after sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the secondary channel The second transmission opportunity is terminated.
  • the fourth PPDU includes:
  • a regular PPDU sent when the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset may be ignored or the NAV value of the main channel exceeds the first threshold
  • the short PPDU is sent when the NAV value of the main channel does not exceed the first threshold, and the length of the short PPDU is smaller than the length of the regular PPDU.
  • the length of the short PPDU includes at least one of the following:
  • the length is determined based on the length of the conventional PPDU and the first value.
  • different short PPDUs have the same or different lengths.
  • the method of detecting whether the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated includes at least one of the following:
  • the sixth frame is used to indicate that the network allocation vector NAV of the main channel is reset to 0.
  • the condition for determining through CCA that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated includes: determining through CCA that the main channel is idle within a second duration.
  • the second duration includes one of the following:
  • Short inter-frame space SIFS Short inter-frame space SIFS, centralized coordination function inter-frame space PIFS, distributed coordination function inter-frame space DIFS.
  • the conditions under which the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated include:
  • a second frame is transmitted on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  • the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
  • the maintained NAV of the primary channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
  • the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
  • the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame
  • the first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
  • the primary channel is maintained with two NAVs
  • Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
  • a first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
  • the first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration
  • the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
  • the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS
  • the first target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  • a corresponding NAV is maintained for each sub-channel associated with a node.
  • one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first of the at least one secondary channel.
  • the number of NAVs maintained for different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
  • the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second NAV indicated by the fifth frame. Duration.
  • the NAV for which the channel is maintained for the first time is reset to the second duration.
  • the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame
  • the second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
  • the first channel is maintained for two NAV cases
  • a second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
  • the second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
  • the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
  • the second target NAV is the basic NAV
  • the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  • the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
  • the fifth frame belongs to the BSS
  • the second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV
  • the receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be the first node or the second node.
  • the communication device 3100 shown in Figure 31 includes a processor 3110.
  • the processor 3110 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 3100 may further include a memory 3120.
  • the processor 3110 can call and run the computer program from the memory 3120 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 3120 may be a separate device independent of the processor 3110, or may be integrated into the processor 3110.
  • the communication device 3100 can also include a transceiver 3130.
  • the processor 3110 can control the transceiver 3130 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, it can send information or data to other devices, or receive other devices. Information or data sent by the device.
  • the transceiver 3130 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 3130 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 3100 can be specifically the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 3100 can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they are not mentioned here. Again.
  • the communication device 3100 can be specifically the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 3100 can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they are not mentioned here. Again.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 3200 shown in Figure 32 includes a processor 3210.
  • the processor 3210 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 3200 may also include a memory 3220.
  • the processor 3210 can call and run the computer program from the memory 3220 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 3220 may be a separate device independent of the processor 3210, or may be integrated into the processor 3210.
  • the chip 3200 may also include an input interface 3230.
  • the processor 3210 can control the input interface 3230 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 3200 may also include an output interface 3240.
  • the processor 3210 can control the output interface 2640 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details will not be described here.
  • the chip can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the details will not be described again.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 33, the communication system 3300 includes a first node 3310 and a second node 3320.
  • the first node 3310 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the first node in the above method
  • the second node 3320 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the second node in the above method. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available processors.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • Synchlink DRAM SLDRAM
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, memories in embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • I won’t go into details here.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • I won’t go into details here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
  • the computer program can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a method and apparatus for using a channel, and a device and a storage medium. The method comprises: when determining that a first transmission opportunity for a primary channel is terminated, a first node sending a first frame on a secondary channel, wherein the first frame is used for indicating that a second transmission opportunity for the secondary channel is terminated.

Description

一种信道使用方法及装置、设备、存储介质Channel usage method, device, equipment and storage medium 技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及移动通信技术领域,具体涉及一种信道使用方法及装置、设备、存储介质。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of mobile communication technology, and specifically relate to a channel usage method, device, equipment, and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
无线保证(wireless fidelity,WIFI)在频域上最多可以占用多个信道,包括一个主信道和多个次信道,次信道统指除主信道之外的信道。在主信道的忙时间的场景下,主信道忙时,如果次信道闲则次信道可用于进行数据传输。对于主信道忙时间不可知的场景下,通信设备无法确定次信道的使用时长。Wireless fidelity (WIFI) can occupy up to multiple channels in the frequency domain, including a primary channel and multiple secondary channels. The secondary channels collectively refer to channels other than the primary channel. In the busy time scenario of the primary channel, when the primary channel is busy, if the secondary channel is idle, the secondary channel can be used for data transmission. In a scenario where the busy time of the primary channel is unknown, the communication device cannot determine the usage duration of the secondary channel.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种信道使用方法及装置、设备、存储介质。Embodiments of the present application provide a channel usage method, device, equipment, and storage medium.
本申请实施例提供一种信道使用方法,包括:The embodiment of this application provides a channel usage method, including:
第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
本申请实施例提供一种信道使用方法,包括:The embodiment of this application provides a channel usage method, including:
第二节点在次信道上接收到第一帧,基于所述第一帧确定次信道的第二传输机会被终止,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The second node receives a first frame on the secondary channel, determines based on the first frame that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated, and the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
本申请实施例提供一种信道使用方法,包括:The embodiment of this application provides a channel usage method, including:
第一节点在次信道上发送第四物理层协议数据单元PPDU后,检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止;若所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。After sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel, the first node detects whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel The transfer opportunity was terminated.
本申请实施例提供一种信道使用装置,包括:An embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage device, including:
第一通信单元,配置为确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The first communication unit is configured to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then send a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
本申请实施例提供一种信道使用装置,包括:An embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage device, including:
第二通信单元,配置为在次信道上接收到第一帧,基于所述第一帧确定次信道的第二传输机会被终止,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。A second communication unit configured to receive a first frame on the secondary channel and determine that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame, the first frame being used to indicate the second transmission of the secondary channel. Opportunity terminated.
本申请实施例提供一种信道使用装置,包括:An embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage device, including:
检测单元,配置为在次信道上发送第四物理层协议数据单元PPDU后,检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止;若所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The detection unit is configured to detect whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated after sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the secondary channel The second transmission opportunity is terminated.
本申请实施例提供的通信设备,可以是上述方案中的第一点解或者是上述方案中的第二节点,该通信设备包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述的信道使用方法。The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application may be the first node in the above solution or the second node in the above solution. The communication device includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above channel usage method.
本申请实施例提供的芯片,用于实现上述的信道使用方法。The chip provided by the embodiment of this application is used to implement the above channel usage method.
具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行上述的信道使用方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned channel usage method.
本申请实施例提供的计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行上述的信道使用方法。The computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to store a computer program, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the above channel usage method.
本申请实施例提供的计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述的信道使用方法。The computer program product provided by the embodiment of the present application includes computer program instructions, which cause the computer to execute the above channel usage method.
本申请实施例提供的计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述的信道使用方法。The computer program provided by the embodiment of the present application, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above channel usage method.
通过上述技术方案,在确定主信道的传输机会被终止的情况下,通过次信道上的第一帧的发送,同步终止次信道的传输机会,从而使得次信道的传输机会的时长与主信道的传输机会的时长同步终止,从而尽可能地让次信道的使用时长接近主信道的实际使用时长,保持对其它设备使用次信道的 公平性。Through the above technical solution, when it is determined that the transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is synchronously terminated through the sending of the first frame on the secondary channel, so that the duration of the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is consistent with that of the primary channel. The duration of the transmission opportunity is terminated synchronously, so that the usage duration of the secondary channel is as close as possible to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
附图说明Description of drawings
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described here are used to provide a further understanding of the present application and constitute a part of the present application. The illustrative embodiments of the present application and their descriptions are used to explain the present application and do not constitute an improper limitation of the present application. In the attached picture:
图1是本申请实施例的应用场景的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the application scenario of the embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地示意图;Figure 2 is an optional schematic diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地示意图;Figure 3 is an optional schematic diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 4 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 5 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 6 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 7 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8A是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 8A is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8B是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 8B is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图8C是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 8C is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图8D是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 8D is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 9 is an optional flow diagram of a channel usage method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例的NAV重置的可选地示意图;Figure 10 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例的NAV重置的可选地示意图;Figure 11 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例的NAV重置的可选地示意图;Figure 12 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例的NAV重置的可选地示意图;Figure 13 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例的NAV重置的可选地示意图;Figure 14 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例的NAV重置的可选地示意图;Figure 15 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例的NAV重置的可选地示意图;Figure 16 is an optional schematic diagram of NAV reset according to the embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 17 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 18 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 19 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请实施例的第一BK帧的可选地组成示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of the first BK frame in this embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请实施例的服务字段的可选地组成示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of the service field in this embodiment of the present application;
图22是本申请实施例的QoS空数据帧的可选地组成示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of a QoS empty data frame in this embodiment of the present application;
图23是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 23 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图24是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 24 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图25是本申请实施例的传输机会结束帧的可选地组成示意图;Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of an optional composition of a transmission opportunity end frame according to an embodiment of the present application;
图26是本申请实施例的A-control字段的可选地组成示意图;Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of the optional composition of the A-control field in this embodiment of the present application;
图27是本申请实施例的信道使用方法的可选地流程示意图;Figure 27 is an optional flow diagram of the channel usage method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图28是本申请实施例的信道使用装置的可选地结构示意图;Figure 28 is an optional structural schematic diagram of a channel usage device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图29是本申请实施例的信道使用装置的可选地结构示意图;Figure 29 is an optional structural schematic diagram of a channel usage device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图30是本申请实施例的信道使用装置的可选地结构示意图;Figure 30 is an optional structural schematic diagram of a channel usage device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图31是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图;Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图32是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图;Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application;
图33是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。Figure 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts fall within the scope of protection of this application.
图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to the embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,通信系统100可以包括:接入点(Access Point,AP)10、Non-AP即站点(STA)20,AP 10和Non-AP 20属于通信系统100中不同的节点。其中,AP 10为能够基于发射的信号形成无线局域网30的电子设备,比如:路由器、具有热点功能的手机等,Non-AP 20为接入至AP 10所形成 的无线局域网30的电子设备,比如:手机、智能洗衣机、空调、电子锁等设备。Non-AP 20与AP 10通过无线局域网30进行通信。As shown in Figure 1, the communication system 100 may include: an access point (AP) 10 and a non-AP station (STA) 20. The AP 10 and the non-AP 20 belong to different nodes in the communication system 100. Among them, the AP 10 is an electronic device that can form a wireless LAN 30 based on the transmitted signal, such as a router, a mobile phone with a hotspot function, etc., and the Non-AP 20 is an electronic device that is connected to the wireless LAN 30 formed by the AP 10, such as : Mobile phones, smart washing machines, air conditioners, electronic locks and other equipment. Non-AP 20 and AP 10 communicate through wireless LAN 30.
AP与Non-AP之间可使用一个信道或多个信道进行通信。本申请实施例中,AP10和Non-AP20可为终端设备,终端设备可以指接入终端、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、第5代(5th generation,5G)网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。One channel or multiple channels can be used for communication between AP and Non-AP. In the embodiment of this application, AP10 and Non-AP20 may be terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment may refer to an access terminal, user equipment (User Equipment, UE), user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, or remote terminal. , mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The access terminal can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a device with wireless communications Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5th generation (5G) networks or future evolved Public Land Mobile networks (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) terminal equipment, etc.
在图1所示的通信系统100中,无线通信系统100还可以包括网络设备,网络设备可以是与终端设备通信的接入网设备。接入网设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备进行通信。In the communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, the wireless communication system 100 may also include a network device, and the network device may be an access network device that communicates with the terminal device. Access network equipment can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and can communicate with terminal equipment located within the coverage area.
网络设备可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是下一代无线接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG RAN)设备,或者是NR系统中的基站(gNB),或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器,或者该网络设备120可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的网络设备等。The network equipment can be an evolutionary base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, or a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) equipment, or It is a base station (gNB) in the NR system, or a wireless controller in the Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), or the network device 120 can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, or wearable device , hubs, switches, bridges, routers, or network equipment in the future evolved Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
在图1所示的通信系统100中,无线通信系统100还可以包括与基站进行通信的核心网设备,该核心网设备可以是5G核心网(5G Core,5GC)设备,例如,接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF),又例如,认证服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF),又例如,用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF),又例如,会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)。可选地,核心网络设备130也可以是LTE网络的分组核心演进(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)设备,例如,会话管理功能+核心网络的数据网关(Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway,SMF+PGW-C)设备。应理解,SMF+PGW-C可以同时实现SMF和PGW-C所能实现的功能。在网络演进过程中,上述核心网设备也有可能叫其它名字,或者通过对核心网的功能进行划分形成新的网络实体,对此本申请实施例不做限制。In the communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, the wireless communication system 100 may also include a core network device that communicates with a base station. The core network device may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, such as an access and mobile device. Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), for example, Authentication Server Function (AUSF), for example, User Plane Function (UPF), for example, Session Management Function (Session Management Function) Function, SMF). Optionally, the core network device 130 may also be an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, a session management function + core network data gateway (Session Management Function + Core Packet Gateway, SMF + PGW- C) Equipment. It should be understood that SMF+PGW-C can simultaneously realize the functions that SMF and PGW-C can realize. In the process of network evolution, the above-mentioned core network equipment may also be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing the functions of the core network, which is not limited by the embodiments of this application.
图1示例性地示出了一个AP、一个Non-AP,可选地,该无线通信系统100可以包括多个Non-AP,或仅包括多个Non-AP。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Figure 1 exemplarily shows one AP and one Non-AP. Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple Non-APs, or only multiple Non-APs. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
需要说明的是,图1只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统。此外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“预定义”或“预定义规则”可以通过在设备(例如,包括第一节点和第二节点)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。还应理解,本申请实施例中,所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that FIG. 1 only illustrates the system to which the present application is applicable in the form of an example. Of course, the method shown in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to other systems. Additionally, the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship that describes related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone. B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship. It should also be understood that the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also mean that there is an association between A and B. relation. It should also be understood that the "correspondence" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can mean that there is a direct correspondence or indirect correspondence between the two, it can also mean that there is an associated relationship between the two, or it can mean indicating and being instructed. , configuration and configured relationship. It should also be understood that the "predefined" or "predefined rules" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other information in the device (for example, including the first node and the second node). It can be implemented by indicating relevant information, and this application does not limit its specific implementation. For example, predefined can refer to what is defined in the protocol. It should also be understood that in the embodiments of this application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, which may include, for example, LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems. This application does not limit this. .
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the relevant technologies of the embodiments of the present application are described below. The following related technologies can be optionally combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and they all belong to the embodiments of the present application. protected range.
一个基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)描述在一个无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)中的一组相互通信的通信设备,可以包含接入点(Access Point,AP),也可以不包含AP。A Basic Service Set (BSS) describes a group of communication devices that communicate with each other in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). It may or may not include an Access Point (AP). AP.
协议中2个网络分配矢量(Network Allocation Vector,NAV)定义如下:The two Network Allocation Vectors (NAV) in the protocol are defined as follows:
STA将维持两个NAV,AP将维持两个NAV:BSS内部的NAV(intra-BSS NAV)和基本NAV(basic NAV)。BSS内部的NAV通过BSS内部的物理层协议数据单元(PHY Protocol Data Unit,PPDU)更新。基本NAV通过BSS间的PPDU或者无法进行BSS内部和BSS间分类的PPDU更新。The STA will maintain two NAVs, and the AP will maintain two NAVs: NAV within the BSS (intra-BSS NAV) and basic NAV (basic NAV). The NAV inside the BSS is updated through the physical layer protocol data unit (PHY Protocol Data Unit, PPDU) inside the BSS. Basic NAV is updated through inter-BSS PPDU or PPDU that cannot perform intra-BSS and inter-BSS classification.
BSS内部的NAV对应BSS内部NAV定时器,基本NAV对应基本NAV定时器。在站点维持两个NAV的情况下,如果两个NAV定时器的值都为0,则虚拟载波侦听(Carrier Sense,CS)指示该媒介(medium)空闲;如果两个NAV定时器中的至少一个定时器的值是非0,则虚拟载波侦听指示该媒介为忙。The NAV inside the BSS corresponds to the BSS internal NAV timer, and the basic NAV corresponds to the basic NAV timer. In the case where the site maintains two NAVs, if the values of both NAV timers are 0, the virtual carrier sense (CS) indicates that the medium (medium) is idle; if at least one of the two NAV timers is If a timer value is non-zero, virtual carrier sensing indicates that the medium is busy.
上述NAV定义没有明确是对主信道还是次信道进行的NAV定义,这使得次信道使用规则不明确,且在主次信道使用时出现混乱。The above NAV definition does not clarify whether the NAV definition is for the primary channel or the secondary channel, which makes the rules for the use of secondary channels unclear and causes confusion when using the primary and secondary channels.
次信道的使用规则包括:Rules for using secondary channels include:
规则一、WIFI在频域上最多可以占用多个信道,包括一个主信道和多个次信道,次信道统指除主信道之外的信道,次信道的使用规则为:主信道空闲信道评估(Clear Channel Assessment,CCA)检测为闲,会在次信道上检查时长为点协调功能帧间间隔(Point Interframe Space,PIFS)PIFS的CCA结果,如果次信道也为闲,那么次信道可以跟主信道一起使用。 Rule 1. WIFI can occupy up to multiple channels in the frequency domain, including one primary channel and multiple secondary channels. The secondary channels collectively refer to channels other than the primary channel. The rules for using secondary channels are: Primary channel idle channel evaluation ( Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) is detected as idle, and the CCA result of Point Interframe Space (PIFS) PIFS will be checked on the secondary channel. If the secondary channel is also idle, then the secondary channel can follow the primary channel. use together.
对于规则一,如果主信道CCA检测为忙,次信道没法使用,浪费了次信道的传输机会(Transmission Opportunity,TXOP),传输机会属于(频域资源),因此浪费了频域资源。For Rule 1, if the main channel CCA detects that it is busy, the secondary channel cannot be used, and the transmission opportunity (TXOP) of the secondary channel is wasted. The transmission opportunity belongs to (frequency domain resources), so frequency domain resources are wasted.
规则二、在子信道选择性传输(Subchannel selective transmission,SST)中,STA选择最佳的1MHz、2MHz、4MHz、8MHz、16MHz信道与S1G AP进行通信,避免一些衰落信道(fading channel)。对于SST操作,STA可以单独工作在次信道,但是主信道需要是可用状态且一直要被使用。规则二的SST机制仍未脱离主信道CCA检测为忙则次信道无法使用的限制。Rule 2: In subchannel selective transmission (SST), the STA chooses the best 1MHz, 2MHz, 4MHz, 8MHz, and 16MHz channels to communicate with the S1G AP to avoid some fading channels. For SST operation, the STA can work alone on the secondary channel, but the primary channel needs to be available and always in use. The SST mechanism of Rule 2 still does not break away from the limitation that if the primary channel CCA detects that it is busy, the secondary channel cannot be used.
规则三:当主信道(primary channel)忙(busy),STA执行在运行带宽的其他信道上执行CCA,且在成功完成CCA的信道上进行传输。当主信道的忙结束,任何次信道(non-primary channel)上的传输应该同时结束。当PPDU长度和/或NAV信息对于BUSY主信道已知时,这是可能的。当主信道处于忙的持续时长不可知的情况下,STA无论如何都使用次信道,且在次信道上传输短脉冲的同时定期轮询主信道。Rule 3: When the primary channel is busy, the STA performs CCA on other channels of the operating bandwidth and transmits on the channel that successfully completes CCA. When the primary channel is busy, any transmission on the non-primary channel should end at the same time. This is possible when the PPDU length and/or NAV information is known for the BUSY primary channel. When the duration for which the primary channel is busy is unknown, the STA uses the secondary channel anyway and periodically polls the primary channel while transmitting short bursts on the secondary channel.
对于规则三,次信道的使用时间应该与主信道忙的结束时间一致,如果不一致则会影响其他STA对次信道的使用。比如:某个STA主信道忙时,长时间占用次信道,但其它STA不知道次信道的使用情况,无法使用次信道,从而降低了其它STA使用包含该次信道的机会,且占用了将该次信道作为主信道的其它交叠基本服务集(Overlapping Basic Service Set,OBSS)STA的信道接入机会。For rule three, the usage time of the secondary channel should be consistent with the busy end time of the primary channel. If it is inconsistent, it will affect the use of the secondary channel by other STAs. For example: when a certain STA's main channel is busy, it occupies the secondary channel for a long time, but other STAs do not know the usage of the secondary channel and cannot use the secondary channel, thereby reducing the chance of other STAs using the secondary channel and occupying the secondary channel. The secondary channel serves as a channel access opportunity for other overlapping Basic Service Set (OBSS) STAs of the primary channel.
规则三考虑了主信道忙时间可知的场景,但是没有考虑主信道忙时间如果被重置之后即主信道的时长修改的情况下,次信道的使用时长该如何进行修改,从而尽可能地让次信道的使用时长接近主信道的实际使用时长,保持对其它设备使用次信道的公平性。 Rule 3 considers the scenario where the busy time of the primary channel is known, but does not consider how the usage duration of the secondary channel should be modified if the busy time of the primary channel is reset, that is, the duration of the primary channel is modified, so as to allow the secondary channel to be used as much as possible. The usage duration of the channel is close to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
具体的,对于处于忙的主信道,PPDU长度和/或NAV信息是可知,但主信道被重置(reset)了NAV,此时,主信道的使用时长不可知,那么次信道的使用存在问题。如图2所示,AP主信道忙时间已知为T0,AP会设置次信道NAV/duration field小于或等于T0,如图3所示,主信道在T1时刻发送免竞争结束(Contention-Free End,CF-End)帧后,主信道的NAV立即被reset,主信道为可用的(available)即空闲,此时,主信道的使用时长已更新,次信道的使用时长(或NAV)不更新的话,该次信道发送PPDU就可能会超过更新后的主信道忙的时长(即T1),会出现对其它STA不公平的问题。Specifically, for a busy main channel, the PPDU length and/or NAV information is known, but the NAV of the main channel is reset. At this time, the usage duration of the main channel is unknown, so there is a problem with the use of the secondary channel. . As shown in Figure 2, the busy time of the AP main channel is known to be T0. The AP will set the NAV/duration field of the secondary channel to be less than or equal to T0. As shown in Figure 3, the main channel sends Contention-Free End at time T1. , CF-End) frame, the NAV of the primary channel is reset immediately, and the primary channel is available (available) that is, idle. At this time, the usage duration of the primary channel has been updated. If the usage duration (or NAV) of the secondary channel is not updated, , the PPDU sent on this channel may exceed the updated main channel busy time (ie T1), which may cause unfairness to other STAs.
因此,相关技术中,并没有考虑主信道忙时间如果被终止之后,次信道的使用时长该如何进行修改,从而尽可能地让次信道的使用时长接近主信道的实际使用时长,保持对其它设备使用次信道的公平性。Therefore, the related technology does not consider how to modify the usage time of the secondary channel after the busy time of the main channel is terminated, so as to make the usage time of the secondary channel as close as possible to the actual usage time of the main channel, and maintain the safety of other devices. Fairness using secondary channels.
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific embodiments. The above related technologies can be arbitrarily combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and they all fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of this application include at least part of the following contents.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种信道使用方法,应用于第一节点,如图4所示,包括:Figure 4 is a channel usage method provided by an embodiment of the present application, applied to the first node, as shown in Figure 4, including:
S401、第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。S401. The first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种信道使用方法,应用于第二节点,如图5所示,包括:Figure 5 is a channel usage method provided by an embodiment of the present application, applied to the second node, as shown in Figure 5, including:
S501、第二节点在次信道上接收到第一帧,基于所述第一帧确定次信道的第二传输机会被终止,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。S501. The second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel, and determines that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame. The first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated. termination.
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种信道使用方法,应用于包括第一节点和第二节点的无线通信系统,如图6所示,包括:Figure 6 is a channel usage method provided by an embodiment of the present application, applied to a wireless communication system including a first node and a second node. As shown in Figure 6, it includes:
S601、第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。S601. The first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
S602、第二节点在次信道上接收到第一帧。S602. The second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
S603、第二节点基于所述第一帧确定次信道的第二传输机会被终止。S603. The second node determines that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame.
下面,对本申请实施例提供的信道使用方法进行进一步说明。Next, the channel usage method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be further described.
本申请实施例中,第一节点使用次信道与其他节点进行通信。In this embodiment of the present application, the first node uses the secondary channel to communicate with other nodes.
可选地,所述次信道的第二传输机会用于第一节点和第二节点之间的通信,即第一节点和第二节点为次信道的使用者,能够通过次信道进行通信。可选地,第一节点为次信道的传输机会维持端(holder),第二节点为次信道的传输机会响应端(responder)。可选地,第二节点为次信道的传输机会维持端(holder),第一节点为次信道的传输机会响应端(responder)。Optionally, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node, that is, the first node and the second node are users of the secondary channel and can communicate through the secondary channel. Optionally, the first node is a transmission opportunity holder (holder) of the secondary channel, and the second node is a transmission opportunity responder (responder) of the secondary channel. Optionally, the second node is a transmission opportunity holder (holder) of the secondary channel, and the first node is a transmission opportunity responder (responder) of the secondary channel.
第一节点和第二节点分别为BSS中的一个节点,该节点可为接入点(AP),也可为站点(STA)。可理解的,第一节点和第二节点中最多包括一个AP。The first node and the second node are each a node in the BSS, and the node may be an access point (AP) or a station (STA). It can be understood that the first node and the second node include at most one AP.
可选地,所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点与第三节点之间的通信,或,所述主信道用于第二节点和第三节点之间的通信。Optionally, the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node, or the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
以所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点与第三节点之间的通信为例,第一节点和第三节点为主信道的使用端,第一节点和第三节点能够在主信道上进行帧的传输。可选地,第一节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第三节点为次信道的传输机会响应端。可选地,第三节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第一节点为次信道的传输机会响应端。Taking the first transmission opportunity of the main channel for communication between the first node and the third node as an example, the first node and the third node are the users of the main channel, and the first node and the third node can Frames are transmitted over the channel. Optionally, the first node serves as the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel, and the third node serves as the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel. Optionally, the third node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel, and the first node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
若所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点与第三节点之间的通信,第一节点和第三节点通过主信道的第一传输机会的时长确定主信道的使用时长。此时,第一节点和第三节点分别维持有主信道的NAV,且NAV为0,第二节点维持有主信道的NAV,且NAV的大小与主信道的第一传输机会的时长相同。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node, the first node and the third node determine the usage duration of the main channel based on the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel. At this time, the first node and the third node respectively maintain the NAV of the main channel, and the NAV is 0. The second node maintains the NAV of the main channel, and the size of the NAV is the same as the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
以所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点与第三节点之间的通信为例,第三节点为第一节点和第二节点所在的BSS中的其他节点,第二节点和第三节点为主信道的使用端,第二节点和第三节点能够在主信道上进行帧的传输。可选地,第二节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第三节点为次信道的传输机会响应端。可选地,第三节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第二节点为次信道的传输机会响应端。Taking the first transmission opportunity of the main channel for communication between the second node and the third node as an example, the third node is another node in the BSS where the first node and the second node are located, and the second node and the third node The three nodes are the users of the main channel, and the second node and the third node can transmit frames on the main channel. Optionally, the second node serves as the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel, and the third node serves as the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel. Optionally, the third node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the primary channel, and the second node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
若所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点与第三节点之间的通信,第二节点和第三节点通过主信道的第一传输机会的时长确定主信道的使用时长,第一节点通过维持的主信道的NAV的值确定主信道的使用时长,且第一节点维持的主信道的NAV的大小与主信道的第一传输机会的时长相同。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node, the second node and the third node determine the usage duration of the main channel through the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, and the first The node determines the usage duration of the main channel by maintaining the NAV value of the main channel, and the size of the NAV of the main channel maintained by the first node is the same as the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
本申请实施例中,主信道的第一传输机会还可用于第一节点和第二节点之间的通信,此时第一节点和第二节点之间使用主信道的第一传输机会和次信道的第二传输机会进行通信。In the embodiment of the present application, the first transmission opportunity of the main channel can also be used for communication between the first node and the second node. In this case, the first transmission opportunity of the main channel and the secondary channel are used between the first node and the second node. second transmission opportunity for communication.
可理解的,在本申请实施例中,在进行通信的两个节点均为站点的情况下,传输机会可用于P2P传输。It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, when the two nodes communicating are both stations, the transmission opportunity may be used for P2P transmission.
可选地,第一节点可具备能力一,或不具备能力一,能力一指同时在主信道和次信道进行CCA和/或监听信道的能力。Optionally, the first node may have capability one, or may not have capability one. Capability one refers to the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor channels on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time.
在第一节点不具备能力一的情况下,第一节点只能在主信道和次信道分时进行CCA和/或监听信道。In the case where the first node does not have capability one, the first node can only perform CCA and/or monitor the channel in a time-sharing manner on the primary channel and the secondary channel.
第一节点在确定主信道的第一传输机会的时长被终止,则认为当前主信道被终止使用,则在次信道上向第二节点发送第一帧,第二节点在次信道上接收到第一帧,基于第一帧的指示终止次信道的第二传输机会的时长。可理解的,次信道的第二传输机会被终止可理解为第二传输机会的时长被重置为0。When the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, it considers that the current primary channel has been terminated, and then sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel. One frame, the duration of the second transmission opportunity to terminate the secondary channel based on the indication of the first frame. It can be understood that the termination of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel can be understood as the duration of the second transmission opportunity being reset to 0.
可选地,第一帧为CF-End帧。Optionally, the first frame is a CF-End frame.
本申请实施例提供的信道使用方法,在确定主信道的传输机会被终止的情况下,通过次信道上的第一帧的发送,同步终止次信道的传输机会,从而使得次信道的传输机会的时长与主信道的传输机会的时长同步终止,从而尽可能地让次信道的使用时长接近主信道的实际使用时长,保持对其它设备使用次信道的公平性。The channel usage method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is synchronously terminated by sending the first frame on the secondary channel, thereby making the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel The duration is terminated synchronously with the duration of the transmission opportunity of the primary channel, so that the usage duration of the secondary channel is as close as possible to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述次信道的第二传输机会在所述第一帧发送完被终止。In some embodiments, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated after the first frame is sent.
第一节点在完成第一帧发送后,终止次信道的第二传输机会。第二节点在完成第一帧的接收后,终止次信道的第二传输机会,实现第一节点和第二节点之间对次信道的第二传输机会的时长的同步。After completing the transmission of the first frame, the first node terminates the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel. After completing the reception of the first frame, the second node terminates the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel, thereby realizing synchronization of the duration of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel between the first node and the second node.
在一示例中,如图7所示,主信道用于第二节点和第三节点的通信,第一节点在确定主信道的第一传输机会的被终止的情况下,向第二节点发送帧701,帧701用于指示次信道的第二传输机会被终止,则第一节点在完成帧701的发送后认为次信道空闲。第二节点在完成帧701的接收后,认为次信道空闲。In an example, as shown in Figure 7, the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node. When the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, it sends a frame to the second node. 701, the frame 701 is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated, and the first node considers the secondary channel to be idle after completing the transmission of the frame 701. After completing the reception of frame 701, the second node considers the secondary channel to be idle.
在一些实施例中,所述第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止的方式包括:In some embodiments, the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated by:
方式一、在主信道上接收到第二帧;Method 1: Receive the second frame on the main channel;
方式二、主动终止,并在主信道上发送第二帧;Method 2: Actively terminate and send the second frame on the main channel;
方式三、在次信道上接收到第三帧。Method 3: The third frame is received on the secondary channel.
第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。可选地,所述第二帧为免竞争结束CF-End帧。The second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated. Optionally, the second frame is a contention-free CF-End frame.
第三帧用于请求发送第一帧,可理解的,第三帧用于请求第一节点终止主信道的第二传输机会。The third frame is used to request to send the first frame. It can be understood that the third frame is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the main channel.
对于方式一,所述第一节点在所述主信道上接收到第二帧,基于所述第二帧确定所述主信道的第一 传输机会被终止,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。For mode 1, the first node receives a second frame on the main channel, determines based on the second frame that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, and the second frame is used to indicate that the The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在方式一中,第一节点在主信道上接收第二节点或第三节点发送的第二帧,在次信道上向第二节点发送第一帧,第二节点接收第一帧。其中,第一节点可为次信道的传输机会响应端,也可为次信道的传输机会维持端。In method 1, the first node receives the second frame sent by the second node or the third node on the primary channel, sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame. The first node may be a transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel, or may be a transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel.
第一节点基于在主信道上接收到的第二帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The first node determines that the first transmission opportunity for the primary channel is terminated based on the second frame received on the primary channel.
主信道的第一传输机会可用于第一节点和第三节点之间的通信或第二节点和第三节点之间的通信或第一节点和第二节点之间的通信。The first transmission opportunity of the main channel may be used for communication between the first node and the third node or communication between the second node and the third node or communication between the first node and the second node.
若主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点和第三节点之间的通信,第三节点主动终止所述主信道的第一传输机会,向第一节点发送第二帧,第一节点接收第三节点发送的第二帧。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node, the third node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, sends the second frame to the first node, and the first node receives The second frame sent by the third node.
对于第三节点,第三节点在所述主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。For the third node, the third node sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
可选地,第三节点为主信道的传输机会维持端。Optionally, the third node serves as the transmission opportunity maintenance end of the main channel.
如图8A所示,第三节点在主信道上向第一节点发送第二帧,第一节点在主信道上接收到第二帧,第一节点基于接收到的第二帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,在次信道上向第二节点发送第一帧。As shown in Figure 8A, the third node sends a second frame to the first node on the main channel, the first node receives the second frame on the main channel, and the first node determines the third frame of the main channel based on the received second frame. A transmission opportunity is terminated and the first frame is sent to the second node on the secondary channel.
在一示例中,次信道的第二传输机会用于第一节点STA1和第二节点STA2之间的通信,主信道的第一传输机会用于STA1和第三节点STA3之间的通信,STA3为主信道的传输机会holder,则STA3在主信道上向STA1发送第二帧,STA1在主信道上接收到第二帧,STA1在次信道上向STA2发送第一帧。此时,STA1为次信道的传输机会维持端或次信道的传输机会响应端。In an example, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, and the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between STA1 and the third node STA3. STA3 is If the primary channel has a transmission opportunity holder, STA3 sends the second frame to STA1 on the primary channel, STA1 receives the second frame on the primary channel, and STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel. At this time, STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
在一示例中,次信道的第二传输机会用于第一节点AP和第二节点STA2之间的通信,主信道的第一传输机会用于AP和第三节点STA3之间的通信,STA3为主信道的传输机会holder,则STA3在主信道上向AP发送第二帧,AP在主信道上接收到第二帧,AP在次信道上向STA2发送第一帧。此时,AP为次信道的传输机会维持端或次信道的传输机会响应端。In an example, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node AP and the second node STA2, and the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the AP and the third node STA3. STA3 is The transmission opportunity holder of the primary channel, then STA3 sends the second frame to the AP on the primary channel, the AP receives the second frame on the primary channel, and the AP sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel. At this time, the AP is the transmission opportunity sustainer of the secondary channel or the transmission opportunity responder of the secondary channel.
若主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点和第二节点之间的通信,第二节点主动终止所述主信道的第一传输机会,向第一节点发送第二帧,第一节点接收第二节点发送的第二帧。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node, the second node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, sends the second frame to the first node, and the first node receives The second frame sent by the second node.
对于第二节点,第二节点在所述主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。For the second node, the second node sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在一示例中,主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点STA1和第二节点STA2之间的通信,次信道为第一节点STA1与第二节点STA2之间的通信,STA2为主信道的传输机会holder,则STA2在主信道上向STA1发送第二帧,STA1在主信道上接收到第二帧,STA1在次信道上向STA2发送第一帧。此时,STA1为次信道的传输机会维持端或次信道的传输机会响应端。In an example, the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, the secondary channel is the communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, and STA2 is the primary channel. transmission opportunity holder, then STA2 sends the second frame to STA1 on the primary channel, STA1 receives the second frame on the primary channel, and STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel. At this time, STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
若主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点和第三节点之间的通信,第一节点通过CCA或监听信道接收到第二节点或第三节点在主信道上发送的第二帧,第一节点基于所述第二帧确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node, and the first node receives the second frame sent by the second node or the third node on the main channel through the CCA or the listening channel, the first node A node determines that the first transmission opportunity for the primary channel is terminated based on the second frame.
可选地,第二节点在主信道上接收第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。此时,第三节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第二节点为主信道的传输机会响应端。Optionally, the second node receives a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated. At this time, the third node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the main channel, and the second node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the main channel.
可选地,第二节点主动终止主信道的第一传输机会,在主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。此时,第二节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第三节点为主信道的传输机会响应端。Optionally, the second node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel and sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated. At this time, the second node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the main channel, and the third node is the transmission opportunity responding end of the main channel.
若主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点和第三节点之间的通信,在第一节点在具备能力一的情况下接收到第二节点或第三节点发送的第二帧。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node, the first node receives the second frame sent by the second node or the third node when it has capability one.
可选地,第一节点为次信道的传输机会的维持端或传输机会响应端。Optionally, the first node is a maintenance end or a transmission opportunity response end of the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
如图8B所示,第二节点和第三节点之间的主信道上有第二帧,第一节点基于同时在主信道和次信道上进行CCA或监听信道的能力,在主信道上接收到第二帧,第一节点在次信道上向第二节点发送第一帧,第二节点在次信道上接收到第一帧。As shown in Figure 8B, there is a second frame on the primary channel between the second node and the third node. The first node receives the frame on the primary channel based on the ability to perform CCA or monitor the channel on the primary channel and secondary channel simultaneously. In the second frame, the first node sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
在一示例中,次信道的第二传输机会用于第一节点AP与第二节点AP之间的通信,主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点AP和第三节点STA3之间的通信,AP为主信道的传输机会holder,则AP在主信道上向STA3发送第二帧,STA1基于同时在主信道和次信道上进行CCA或监听信道的能力,在主信道上接收到第二帧,STA1在次信道上向AP发送第一帧,AP在次信道上接收到第一帧。此时,STA1为次信道的传输机会维持端或传输机会响应端。In an example, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node AP and the second node AP, and the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node AP and the third node STA3 , the AP is the transmission opportunity holder of the main channel, then the AP sends the second frame to STA3 on the main channel, and STA1 receives the second frame on the main channel based on the ability to perform CCA or monitor the channel on the main channel and the secondary channel at the same time. , STA1 sends the first frame to the AP on the secondary channel, and the AP receives the first frame on the secondary channel. At this time, STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
在一示例中,次信道的第二传输机会用于第一节点STA1与第二节点STA2之间的通信,主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点STA2和第三节点STA3之间的通信,STA2为主信道的传输机会holder,则STA2在主信道上向STA3发送第二帧,STA1基于同时在主信道和次信道上进行CCA或监听信道的能 力,在主信道上接收到第二帧,STA1在次信道上向STA2发送第一帧,STA2在次信道上接收到第一帧。此时,STA1为次信道的传输机会维持端或传输机会响应端。In an example, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, and the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node STA2 and the third node STA3. , STA2 is the transmission opportunity holder of the main channel, then STA2 sends the second frame to STA3 on the main channel, and STA1 receives the second frame on the main channel based on the ability to perform CCA or monitor the channel on the main channel and the secondary channel at the same time. , STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel, and STA2 receives the first frame on the secondary channel. At this time, STA1 is the transmission opportunity maintaining end or the transmission opportunity responding end of the secondary channel.
在方式一中,第一节点接收到第二帧后,将主信道被维持的NAV重置为0,主信道空闲。In method 1, after receiving the second frame, the first node resets the maintained NAV of the main channel to 0, and the main channel is idle.
对于方式二,所述第一节点主动终止所述主信道的第一传输机会,从而确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。For the second method, the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, thereby determining that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在方式二中,主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点和第三节点之间的通信或第一节点和第二节点之间的通信,且第一节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第一节点主动终止主信道的第一传输机会。In the second method, the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node or the communication between the first node and the second node, and the first node maintains the transmission opportunity of the main channel. , the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel.
若第一节点主动终止所述主信道的第一传输机会,所述第一节点在所述主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。If the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, the first node sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated. termination.
若主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点和第三节点之间的通信,第一节点主动终止主信道的第一传输机会,向第三节点发送第二帧,所述第三节点在所述主信道上接收第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node, the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel and sends the second frame to the third node, and the third node A second frame is received on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
如图8C所示,第一节点主动终止主信道的第一传输机会,第一节点在主信道上向第三节点发送第二帧,且在次信道上向第二节点发送第一帧,第三节点在主信道上接收到第二帧,第二节点在次信道上接收到第一帧。As shown in Figure 8C, the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, the first node sends the second frame to the third node on the main channel, and sends the first frame to the second node on the secondary channel. The third node receives the second frame on the primary channel and the second node receives the first frame on the secondary channel.
若主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点和第二节点之间的通信,且第一节点为主信道的传输机会维持端,第一节点主动终止所述主信道的第一传输机会,向第二节点发送第二帧,,并在次信道上第二节点发送第一帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,第二节点接收第一节点发送的第二帧,且在次信道接收第一节点发送的第一帧。If the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node, and the first node is the maintenance end of the transmission opportunity of the main channel, the first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, Send a second frame to the second node, and the second node sends the first frame on the secondary channel, the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and the second node receives the first frame The second frame sent by the first node is received on the secondary channel.
在一示例中,主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点STA1和第二节点STA2之间的通信,次信道的第二传输机会为第一节点STA1与第二节点STA2之间的通信,STA1为主信道的传输机会holder,则STA1在主信道上向STA2发送第二帧,STA1在次信道上向STA2发送第一帧。In an example, the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, and the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is the communication between the first node STA1 and the second node STA2, STA1 is the transmission opportunity holder of the primary channel, then STA1 sends the second frame to STA2 on the primary channel, and STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel.
对于方式三、所述第一节点在所述次信道上接收到第三帧,基于所述第三帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述第三帧用于请求所述第一节点发送所述第一帧,所述第三帧还用于确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。For mode three, the first node receives a third frame on the secondary channel and determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated based on the third frame. The third frame is used to request the first The node sends the first frame, and the third frame is also used to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在方式三中,对于第二节点,所述第二节点在所述次信道上发送第三帧,所述第三帧用于请求所述第一节点发送所述第一帧。In mode three, for the second node, the second node sends a third frame on the secondary channel, and the third frame is used to request the first node to send the first frame.
这里,主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点和第三节点之间的通信、第一节点不具备能力一。Here, the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node, and the first node does not have capability one.
如图8D所示,第二节点确定第一传输机会被终止,在次信道上向第一节点发送第三帧,第一节点在次信道上接收第三帧,第一节点在接收到第三帧后在次信道上向第二节点发送第一帧,第二节点接收到第一节点在次信道上发送的第一帧。可选地,第一节点为次信道的传输机会维持端。As shown in Figure 8D, the second node determines that the first transmission opportunity is terminated and sends the third frame to the first node on the secondary channel. The first node receives the third frame on the secondary channel. After receiving the third frame, the first node After the frame, the first frame is sent to the second node on the secondary channel, and the second node receives the first frame sent by the first node on the secondary channel. Optionally, the first node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel.
如图8D所示,第二节点可基于主信道上传输的第二帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止。As shown in FIG. 8D, the second node may determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated based on the second frame transmitted on the primary channel.
在一示例中,主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点AP和第三节点STA3之间的通信,次信道的第二传输机会用于第二节点AP和第一节点STA1之间的通信,STA1不具备能力一,STA3向AP发送第二帧指示终止主信道的第一传输机会,AP基于接收的第二帧帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则对维持的主信道的NAV置0,且AP在次信道上向STA1发送第三帧以请求STA1发送所述第一帧,第一节点STA1基于第三帧在次信道上向AP发送第一帧,以指示终止次信道的第二传输机会。In an example, the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the second node AP and the third node STA3, and the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the second node AP and the first node STA1. , STA1 does not have the capability 1. STA3 sends a second frame to the AP to indicate the termination of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel. The AP determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated based on the received second frame, and then the maintained main channel is NAV is set to 0, and the AP sends the third frame to STA1 on the secondary channel to request STA1 to send the first frame. The first node STA1 sends the first frame to the AP on the secondary channel based on the third frame to indicate the termination of the secondary channel. second transmission opportunity.
在一示例中,主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点STA2和第三节点STA3之间的通信,次信道的第二传输机会用于STA2和第一节点STA1之间的通信,STA1不具备能力一,STA3向STA2发送第二帧指示终止主信道的第一传输机会,STA2基于接收的第二帧帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则对维持的主信道的NAV置0,且STA2在次信道上向STA1发送第三帧以请求STA1发送所述第一帧,第一节点STA1基于第三帧在次信道上向STA2发送第一帧,以指示终止次信道的第二传输机会。In an example, the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is used for communication between the second node STA2 and the third node STA3, and the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between STA2 and the first node STA1. STA1 is not With capability 1, STA3 sends a second frame to STA2 to indicate the termination of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel. STA2 determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated based on the received second frame, and sets the NAV of the maintained main channel to 0. , and STA2 sends the third frame to STA1 on the secondary channel to request STA1 to send the first frame. The first node STA1 sends the first frame to STA2 on the secondary channel based on the third frame to indicate the termination of the second frame of the secondary channel. Transmission opportunities.
可选地,所述第三帧是第二节点在主信道上接收到或发送第二帧后发送给所述第一节点的,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会时长被终止。Optionally, the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate the first transmission of the main channel. The opportunity duration is terminated.
这里,第二节点在主信道上向第三节点发送第二帧或在主信道上接收第三节点发送的第二帧的情况下,第二节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止。Here, in the case where the second node sends the second frame to the third node on the main channel or receives the second frame sent by the third node on the main channel, the second node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在方式三中,第一节点接收到第三帧后,将主信道被维持的NAV重置为0,认为主信道空闲。In method three, after receiving the third frame, the first node resets the maintained NAV of the main channel to 0 and considers the main channel to be idle.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the third frame includes one of the following:
第一块确认(BlockAck,BA)帧、第一确认ACK帧、反向协议允许的帧、CF-End帧。First block acknowledgment (BlockAck, BA) frame, first acknowledgment ACK frame, reverse protocol allowed frame, CF-End frame.
第一BA帧为基于协议中的BA帧修改后的BA帧,第一ACK帧为基于协议中的ACK帧修改后的ACK帧,反向协议允许的帧为次信道的反向协议开启的情况下作为次信道的传输机会响应端的第二节点向作为次信道的传输机会维持端的第一节点发送的帧,CF-End帧在第二节点作为次信道的 传输机会响应端向作为次信道的传输机会维持端发送的帧第一节点作发送的。The first BA frame is a modified BA frame based on the BA frame in the protocol. The first ACK frame is a modified ACK frame based on the ACK frame in the protocol. The frames allowed by the reverse protocol are when the reverse protocol of the secondary channel is turned on. The CF-End frame is a frame sent by the second node as the secondary channel's transmission opportunity response end to the first node as the secondary channel's transmission opportunity maintenance end. The CF-End frame is transmitted by the second node as the secondary channel's transmission opportunity response end to the secondary channel. The opportunity to maintain the frame sent by the first node was sent.
对于第一块确认BA帧For the first block acknowledgment BA frame
所述第一BA帧中包括有第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。The first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
第一BA帧基于第一指示信息请求第一节点将次信道的第二传输机会终止。The first BA frame requests the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel based on the first indication information.
可选地,所述第一指示信息位于所述第一BA帧的BA控制字段中的预留位。Optionally, the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in the BA control field of the first BA frame.
在第一BA帧中,使用BA控制字段(BA Control field)中预留位的B0或者B5~B8中的任意一个bit定义作为第一指示信息,以指示请求终止第二传输机会。比如:将BlockAck帧中B5置为1。In the first BA frame, use B0 of the reserved bits in the BA Control field (BA Control field) or any one of the bits B5 to B8 defined as the first indication information to indicate the request to terminate the second transmission opportunity. For example: Set B5 in the BlockAck frame to 1.
对于第一ACK帧For the first ACK frame
所述携带所述第一ACK帧的第一PPDU携带有第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。The first PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
第一ACK帧基于第二指示信息请求第一节点将次信道的第二传输机会终止。The first ACK frame requests the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel based on the second indication information.
可选地,第一PPDU可包括以下至少之一:non-HT PPDU、non-HT duplicate PPDU、HT PPDU、VHT PPDU、HE PPDU或EHT PPDU。Optionally, the first PPDU may include at least one of the following: non-HT PPDU, non-HT duplicate PPDU, HT PPDU, VHT PPDU, HE PPDU or EHT PPDU.
可选地,所述第二指示信息位于所述第一PPDU的数据字段中服务字段的预留位。Optionally, the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
以第一PPDU为HE PPDU为例,服务字段(SERVICE field)的B7~B15是预留位,那么可以使用预留位B7~B15中的预留位(可为任意一个比特,比如B9)作为第二指示信息。Taking the first PPDU as an HE PPDU as an example, B7~B15 of the service field (SERVICE field) are reserved bits, then you can use the reserved bits in the reserved bits B7~B15 (can be any bit, such as B9) as Second instruction information.
对于反向协议允许的帧Frames allowed for the reverse protocol
反向协议允许的帧可理解为传输机会响应端基于反向协议向传输机会维持端所发送的管理帧或空数据帧。The frames allowed by the reverse protocol can be understood as management frames or empty data frames sent by the transmission opportunity responder to the transmission opportunity sustainer based on the reverse protocol.
所述反向协议允许的帧包括以下至少之一:传输机会结束帧和携带控制信息的(服务质量)空数据帧(QoS)Null帧。The frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
可选地,所述传输机会结束帧的帧体为空或设定信息。Optionally, the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or set information.
帧体(frame body)字段用于传输的信息。在传输机会结束帧的帧体字段中的内容为空或设定信息的情况下,该帧为传输机会结束帧。The frame body field is used for transmitted information. When the content in the frame body field of the end of transmission opportunity frame is empty or setting information, the frame is an end of transmission opportunity frame.
在一示例中,传输机会结束帧可包括以下字段:帧控制字段、持续时长字段、接收地址字段、发送地址字段、帧体(frame body)字段以及帧校验序列(frame check sequence,FCS)字段。In an example, the transmission opportunity end frame may include the following fields: a frame control field, a duration field, a receiving address field, a sending address field, a frame body field, and a frame check sequence (FCS) field. .
可选地,所述(QoS)Null帧中携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的第二传输机会。Optionally, the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
(QoS)Null帧基于第三指示信息请求第一节点终止次信道的第二传输机会。The (QoS) Null frame requests the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel based on the third indication information.
可选地,所述第三指示信息为所述(QoS)Null帧中的高吞吐量HT控制字段中的A-控制(A-Control)字段中取值为第二值的控制标识,所述HT控制字段中取值为第三值的第一字段指示所述HT控制字段中的第二字段为A-Control字段。Optionally, the third indication information is a control identifier whose value is the second value in the A-Control field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame, and the The first field in the HT control field whose value is the third value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
在一示例中,QoS Null frame的HT控制字段(HT Control field)的B0-B1设置为11时,HT Control field的B2-B31定义为A-Control field,A-Control field前4个bits为控制标识(Control ID),Control ID的值7-14未被使用。那么可以将Control ID为7(或7-14中的任意一个值)定义为第三指示信息。In an example, when B0-B1 of the HT Control field of the QoS Null frame is set to 11, B2-B31 of the HT Control field is defined as the A-Control field, and the first 4 bits of the A-Control field are control Identification (Control ID), Control ID values 7-14 are not used. Then Control ID 7 (or any value from 7-14) can be defined as the third indication information.
可选地,所述反向协议允许的帧用于对第二PPDU进行确认,或,所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,所述第二PPDU为所述第一节点在所述反向协议允许的帧之前发送的最近一个PPDU。Optionally, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU, so The second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
若反向协议允许的帧具有对PPDU进行确认的确认功能,反向协议允许的帧可同时作为确认帧(BA帧或Ack帧)使用,此时,第二节点可通过反向协议允许的帧对从第一节点接收的PPDU帧进行回复。If the frame allowed by the reverse protocol has the acknowledgment function of acknowledging PPDU, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol can be used as an acknowledgment frame (BA frame or Ack frame) at the same time. At this time, the second node can pass the frame allowed by the reverse protocol. Reply to the PPDU frame received from the first node.
若反向协议的允许帧不具有对PPDU进行确认的确认功能,则反向协议允许的帧和对第二PPDU进行确认的即第一确认帧(BA帧或Ack帧)即第一确认帧独立。If the allowed frame of the reverse protocol does not have the confirmation function to confirm the PPDU, the allowed frame of the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame (BA frame or Ack frame) that confirms the second PPDU. .
在所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立的情况下,第二节点在次信道上发送第一确认帧,所述第一节点在所述次信道上接收所述第一确认帧。In the case where the frames allowed by the reverse protocol are independent of the first acknowledgment frame for acknowledging the second PPDU, the second node sends the first acknowledgment frame on the secondary channel, and the first node sends the first acknowledgment frame on the secondary channel. The first acknowledgment frame is received on the secondary channel.
在反向协议的允许帧不具有对PPDU进行确认的确认功能的情况下,第二节点在接收到第二PPDU后,向第一节点发送用于对第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧,并在第一确认帧后在次信道上发送反向协议允许的帧。In the case where the allow frame of the reverse protocol does not have the acknowledgment function of acknowledging the PPDU, the second node, after receiving the second PPDU, sends the first acknowledgment frame to the first node for acknowledging the second PPDU, And send reverse protocol allowed frames on the secondary channel after the first acknowledgment frame.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧包括所述反向协议允许的帧的条件为:所述第一节点为所述次信道的传输机会维持端,且所述第一节点开启了所述次信道的反向协议。In some embodiments, the conditions for the third frame to include frames allowed by the reverse protocol are: the first node is the transmission opportunity maintaining end of the secondary channel, and the first node turns on the Reverse protocol for secondary channels.
本申请实施例中,第一节点为次信道开启反向协议的情况下,第三帧可为反向协议允许的帧,否则,第三帧不包括反向协议允许的帧。In this embodiment of the present application, when the first node enables the reverse protocol for the secondary channel, the third frame may be a frame allowed by the reverse protocol. Otherwise, the third frame does not include a frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
可选地,所述第一节点在所述次信道上发送第三PPDU,所述第三PPDU用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。Optionally, the first node sends a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening a reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
此时,所述第二节点在所述次信道上接收到第三PPDU。At this time, the second node receives the third PPDU on the secondary channel.
第一节点作为次信道的传输机会维持端,在次信道上发送第PPDU,以指示第二节点开启次信道的反向协议。The first node serves as the transmission opportunity maintenance end of the secondary channel and sends the PPDU on the secondary channel to instruct the second node to start the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
可选地,所述第三PPDU中包括有第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。Optionally, the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
可选地,所述第四指示信息位于所述第三PPDU中的HT控制字段中反向授权/更多PPDU子字段。Optionally, the fourth indication information is located in the reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
传输机会维持端可以通过在次信道上发送的PPDU中HT控制字段(HT Control field)的反向授权(reverse direction grant,RDG)/更多PPDU(More PPDU)子字段(subfield)来指示是否开启次信道的反向协议。其中,指示开启反向协议的PPDU为第三PPDU。The transmission opportunity maintenance end can indicate whether to enable it through the reverse direction grant (RDG)/More PPDU (More PPDU) subfield of the HT Control field (HT Control field) in the PPDU sent on the secondary channel. Reverse protocol for secondary channels. The PPDU indicating enabling the reverse protocol is the third PPDU.
在一示例中,若PPDU中HT Control field的RDG/More PPDU subfield置为1,代表传输机会维持端开启了Reverse direction protocol,即允许传输机会响应端发送PPDU。In an example, if the RDG/More PPDU subfield of the HT Control field in the PPDU is set to 1, it means that the transmission opportunity maintainer has opened the Reverse direction protocol, which allows the transmission opportunity responder to send the PPDU.
在一些实施例中,所述第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,包括:In some embodiments, the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends the first frame on the secondary channel, including:
所述第一节点在第一时刻确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在第二时刻在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第二时刻位于所述第一时刻之后且与所述第一时刻间隔第一时长。The first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated at the first moment, and then sends the first frame on the secondary channel at the second moment, and the second moment is located after the first moment and is the same as the first moment. The first moment is separated by the first duration.
可选地,所述第一时长至少包括一个SIFS时长。Optionally, the first duration includes at least one SIFS duration.
第一节点在第一时刻确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止后:After the first node determines at the first moment that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated:
若无正在发送的PPDU,则在一个SIFS间隔之后发送第一帧,此时,第一时长包括一个SIFS;If there is no PPDU being sent, the first frame is sent after a SIFS interval. At this time, the first duration includes one SIFS;
若存在正在发送的PPDU,则在发送完正在发送的PPDU并接收针对该PPDU的确认帧后发送第一帧,此时,第一时长至少包括:正在发送的PPDU的发送时长、确认帧的接收时长以及一个SIFI;If there is a PPDU being sent, the first frame is sent after the PPDU being sent and the acknowledgment frame for the PPDU is received. At this time, the first duration at least includes: the sending duration of the PPDU being sent and the reception of the acknowledgment frame. Duration and a SIFI;
若在接收到第三帧且第三帧需要反馈的情况下,第一时长至少包括:用于对第三帧进行反馈的确认帧的发送时长。If the third frame is received and feedback of the third frame is required, the first duration at least includes: the duration of sending the acknowledgment frame used for feedback of the third frame.
本申请实施例中,第一时长的大小可根据第一节点和第二节点之间交互的数据确定,本申请实施例对第四时长的大小不进行任何限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the size of the first duration may be determined based on the data exchanged between the first node and the second node. The embodiment of the present application does not place any limit on the size of the fourth duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一节点在所述次信道上接收第六帧,所述第六帧为所述第一帧的响应帧,所述第六帧用于终止所述次信道的第二传输机会或所述次信道的NAV。In some embodiments, the first node receives a sixth frame on the secondary channel, the sixth frame is a response frame of the first frame, and the sixth frame is used to terminate the secondary channel. The NAV of the second transmission opportunity or said secondary channel.
图9本申请实施例提供一种信道使用方法,应用于第一节点,如图9所示,包括:Figure 9 This embodiment of the present application provides a channel usage method, applied to the first node, as shown in Figure 9, including:
S901、第一节点在次信道上发送第四物理层协议数据单元PPDU后,检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止;若所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。S901. After sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel, the first node detects whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the first node of the secondary channel The second transmission opportunity is terminated.
第一节点在次信道上发送第四PPDU后,在主信道上检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止,若所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则结束次信道的第二传输机会,所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止;若所述主信道的第一传输机会未被终止,则继续在次信道上发送下一个第四PPDU。After sending the fourth PPDU on the secondary channel, the first node detects on the primary channel whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated. If the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, it ends the second transmission of the secondary channel. opportunity, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is not terminated, continue to send the next fourth PPDU on the secondary channel.
可选地,第一节点不具备能力一,无法同时在主信道和次信道上进行CCA或监听信道。此时,第一节点分时在主信道上进行主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止的监测和在次信道上进行第四PPDU的传输。Optionally, the first node does not have capability one and cannot perform CCA or monitor the channel on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time. At this time, the first node monitors whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel has been terminated on the primary channel and transmits the fourth PPDU on the secondary channel in a time-sharing manner.
可理解的,次信道的第二传输机会用于第一节点和第二节点之间的通信,第一节点为次信道的传输机会维持端,能够在次信道上向第二节点发送PPDU。It can be understood that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node. The first node is the transmission opportunity holder of the secondary channel and can send PPDU to the second node on the secondary channel.
可选地,第一节点在无法通过第二节点获知主信道的第一传输机会被终止,Optionally, the first node is terminated at the first transmission opportunity when it cannot learn the main channel through the second node,
第一节点无法通过第二节点获知主信道的第一传输机会被终止的原因包括以下至少之一:The reason why the first node cannot learn the first transmission opportunity of the main channel through the second node and is terminated includes at least one of the following:
第二节点参与主信道的传输,但第二节点无法在次信道上发送第三帧;The second node participates in the transmission of the primary channel, but the second node cannot send the third frame on the secondary channel;
第二节点没有参与主信道的传输。The second node does not participate in the transmission of the main channel.
可选地,主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点和第三节点之间的通信;或者,第三节点和第四节点之间的通信。Optionally, the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node; or, for communication between the third node and the fourth node.
在第二节点和第三节点之间建立的主信道的第一传输机会被终止时,工作在次信道的第一节点无法获知主信道的第一传输机会被终止。When the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel established between the second node and the third node is terminated, the first node working on the secondary channel cannot learn that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated.
本申请实施例提供的信道使用方法,在确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止的情况下,同步终止次信道上的传输机会,从而使得次信道的第二传输机会与主信道的传输机会同步终止,从而尽可能地让次信道的使用时长接近主信道的实际使用时长,保持对其它设备使用次信道的公平性。The channel usage method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the transmission opportunity on the secondary channel is synchronously terminated, so that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is synchronized with the transmission opportunity of the primary channel. Terminate, so that the usage duration of the secondary channel is as close as possible to the actual usage duration of the primary channel, maintaining fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第四PPDU包括:In some embodiments, the fourth PPDU includes:
所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置的可能被忽略或所述主信道的NAV的值超过第一阈值情况下发送的常规的PPDU;A regular PPDU sent when the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset may be ignored or the NAV value of the main channel exceeds the first threshold;
所述主信道的NAV的值未超过所述第一阈值情况下发送的短PPDU,所述短PPDU的长度小于所述常规的PPDU的长度。The short PPDU is sent when the NAV value of the main channel does not exceed the first threshold, and the length of the short PPDU is smaller than the length of the regular PPDU.
第一节点发送的第四PPDU包括两种:The fourth PPDU sent by the first node includes two types:
第一种、常规PPDU;The first type, conventional PPDU;
第二种、短PPDU。The second type is short PPDU.
第一节点可在忽略NAV被重置的可能的情况下,直接发送常规PPDU。The first node may directly send a regular PPDU, ignoring the possibility of NAV being reset.
第一节点在考虑NAV被重置的可能的情况下,若所述主信道被维持的NAV的值超过第一阈值,When the first node considers the possibility of NAV being reset, if the NAV value maintained by the main channel exceeds the first threshold,
认为可主信道被维持的NAV被重置的可能性小,则发送常规PPDU。If it is considered that the NAV that can be maintained on the primary channel is unlikely to be reset, a regular PPDU is sent.
第一节点可在考虑NAV被重置的可能的情况下,若所述主信道被维持的NAV的值未超过第一阈值,认为可主信道被维持的NAV被重置的可能性大,则发送短PPDU。The first node may consider the possibility of the NAV being reset, and if the value of the NAV maintained by the main channel does not exceed the first threshold, it may be considered that the possibility of the NAV maintained by the main channel being reset is high, then Send short PPDU.
可选地,第一阈值可为协议规定的时长、设定的时长、设定参数指示的时长。Optionally, the first threshold may be a duration specified in the protocol, a set duration, or a duration indicated by the set parameter.
可选地,第一阈值为基于使用RTS/CTS条件的传输机会长度阈值确定。在一示例中,第一阈值为32μs*基于使用RTS/CTS条件的传输机会长度阈值。Optionally, the first threshold is determined based on a transmission opportunity length threshold using RTS/CTS conditions. In one example, the first threshold is 32 μs*transmission opportunity length threshold based on using RTS/CTS conditions.
在一些实施例中,所述短PPDU的长度包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the length of the short PPDU includes at least one of the following:
固定的长度;fixed length;
第一长度范围中的长度;the length in the first length range;
基于所述常规的PPDU的长度和第一数值确定的长度。The length is determined based on the length of the conventional PPDU and the first value.
可选地,不同的短PPDU的长度相同或不同。Optionally, the lengths of different short PPDUs are the same or different.
可选地,短PPDU的长度为固定的长度的情况下,每次发送的短PPDU的长度不变,则不同的短PPDU的长度相同。Optionally, when the length of the short PPDU is a fixed length, the length of the short PPDU sent each time does not change, and the lengths of different short PPDUs are the same.
可选地,短PPDU的长度为第一长度范围中的长度的情况下,每次发送的短PPDU的长度为第一长度范围内基于顺序或随机得到的长度,则不同的短PPDU的长度不同。Optionally, when the length of the short PPDU is a length in the first length range, the length of the short PPDU sent each time is a length obtained based on sequence or randomly within the first length range, then different short PPDUs have different lengths. .
可选地,短PPDU的长度为基于所述常规的PPDU的长度和第一数值确定的长度的情况下,第一数值小于1,且第一数值不变,每次发送的短PPDU的长度不变,则不同的短PPDU的长度相同。Optionally, when the length of the short PPDU is determined based on the length of the conventional PPDU and the first value, the first value is less than 1, and the first value remains unchanged, and the length of the short PPDU sent each time does not change. change, the lengths of different short PPDUs are the same.
在一些实施例中,所述第一节点检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止的方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first node detects whether the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated by at least one of the following:
CCA;CCA;
所述主信道是否接收到第四帧,所述第四帧用于指示所述主信道的网络分配矢量NAV被重置为0。Whether the main channel receives a fourth frame, the fourth frame is used to indicate that the network allocation vector NAV of the main channel is reset to 0.
第一节点通过对主信道的CCA或信道监测确定第一传输机会是否被终止,当CCA的结果为主信道空闲,或者在主信道上接收到指示重置主信道被维持的NAV为0的第四帧,第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The first node determines whether the first transmission opportunity is terminated through CCA or channel monitoring of the main channel. When the result of CCA is that the main channel is idle, or the first node is received on the main channel indicating that the NAV of the main channel is reset to 0. Four frames later, the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,通过CCA确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止的条件包括:In some embodiments, the conditions for determining that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated through CCA include:
通过CCA确定所述主信道在第二时长内空闲。It is determined through CCA that the main channel is idle within the second duration.
可选地,所述第二时长包括以下之一:Optionally, the second duration includes one of the following:
短帧间间隔SIFS、集中协调功能帧间间隔PIFS、分布协调功能帧间间隔DIFS。Short interframe space SIFS, centralized coordination function interframe space PIFS, distributed coordination function interframe space DIFS.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止的条件包括:In some embodiments, the conditions under which the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated include:
所述主信道上传输第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。A second frame is transmitted on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
这里,第二帧的发送端为使用主信道的任一节点发送的。Here, the sending end of the second frame is sent by any node using the main channel.
本申请实施例提供的信道使用方法,能够在无法获知主信道的第一传输机会的情况下,主动在主信道上进行主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止的监测,并在监测过程中,可通过常规PPDU或短PPDU的发送来灵活控制发送的PPDU的长度,从而及时发送主信道的第一传输机会被终止,以尽可能地让次信道终止,使得次信道的使用时长接近主信道的实际使用时长,保持对其它设备使用次信道的公平性。The channel usage method provided by the embodiment of the present application can proactively monitor whether the first transmission opportunity of the main channel has been terminated on the main channel when the first transmission opportunity of the main channel cannot be known, and during the monitoring process, The length of the sent PPDU can be flexibly controlled by sending regular PPDU or short PPDU, so that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated in time, so as to terminate the secondary channel as much as possible, so that the usage time of the secondary channel is close to that of the primary channel Actual usage duration to maintain fairness to other devices using the secondary channel.
下面,对本申请实施例提供的信道使用方法中的主信道和次信道的定义的NAV进行描述。Next, the NAV of the definition of the primary channel and the secondary channel in the channel usage method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described.
一个BSS可包括一个主信道和多个次信道,一个节点可关联一个BSS中的部分信道或全部信道,可理解的,一个节点能够工作在一个BSS中的一个部分信道或全部信道。TXOP定义了两个进行帧传输的节点在信道上发送帧的持续时间,其他关联该信道的节点为该信道维持的NAV都被设置为该传输时机的时长。A BSS may include a primary channel and multiple secondary channels, and a node may be associated with some or all of the channels in a BSS. It is understandable that a node can work on some or all of the channels in a BSS. TXOP defines the duration for two nodes that perform frame transmission to send frames on the channel. The NAV maintained by other nodes associated with the channel for the channel is set to the duration of the transmission opportunity.
对于主信道,未在主信道上建立传输机会的节点维持有主信道的NAV。对于一个次信道,未在该信道上建立传输机会的节点维持有该次信道的NAV,一个节点可关联多个次信道。For the primary channel, nodes that have not established a transmission opportunity on the primary channel maintain the NAV of the primary channel. For a secondary channel, nodes that have not established a transmission opportunity on the channel maintain the NAV of the secondary channel. A node can be associated with multiple secondary channels.
对于主信道,所述主信道被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。For the main channel, the main channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
若主信道被维持一个NAV,该NAV为0,则认为主信道空闲,否则,认为主信道忙。If the main channel is maintained with a NAV, and the NAV is 0, the main channel is considered idle; otherwise, the main channel is considered busy.
若主信道被维持两个NAV,该两个都NAV为0,则认为主信道空闲,否则,认为主信道忙。If the main channel maintains two NAVs, and both NAVs are 0, the main channel is considered idle; otherwise, the main channel is considered busy.
主信道被维持的NAV的更新方式包括:在至少包括所述主信道的至少一个信道上接收到第四帧,则所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第四帧指示的第一持续时长。The updating method of the NAV maintained by the main channel includes: receiving a fourth frame on at least one channel including at least the main channel, then the NAV maintained by the main channel is reset to the NAV indicated by the fourth frame. A duration.
可同时在一个或多个信道上接收到第四帧,在接收第四帧的信道上包括主信道的情况下,基于第四帧对主信道被维持的NAV进行重置。可理解的,对主信道被维持的NAV进行重置可理解为对主信道被维持的NAV进行更新,更新后的大小可大于或小于更新前的大小。The fourth frame may be received on one or more channels at the same time. If the channel on which the fourth frame is received includes the main channel, the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset based on the fourth frame. It can be understood that resetting the NAV maintained on the main channel can be understood as updating the NAV maintained on the main channel, and the size after the update may be larger or smaller than the size before the update.
可选地,第四帧可包括第二帧。Alternatively, the fourth frame may include the second frame.
第四帧可包括可不限于:RTS帧、CTS帧、CF_END帧。The fourth frame may include but is not limited to: RTS frame, CTS frame, CF_END frame.
若所述主信道被维持一个NAV,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。If the main channel is maintained at an NAV, the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
可选地,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame;
所述第一持续时长大于所述主信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
若所述主信道被维持两个NAV,所述两个NAV被重置的方式包括:If the main channel is maintained with two NAVs, the methods for resetting the two NAVs include:
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。A first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
若所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长,两个NAV为一个整体,主信道的第一传输时机的时长为所述第一持续时长。If both NAVs are reset to the first duration, the two NAVs are a whole, and the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is the first duration.
若两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,两个NAV独立,主信道的第一传输机会的时长为两个NAV中较大的。在两个NAV独立的情况下,第一目标NAV被更新,两个NAV中第一目标NAV之外的另一个NAV不被更新。If a first target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the first duration, the two NAVs are independent, and the duration of the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is the larger of the two NAVs. In the case where the two NAVs are independent, the first target NAV is updated, and the other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is not updated.
可选地,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第一持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第一目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。Optionally, when both NAVs are updated to the first duration, the first target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the first duration, and the two Another NAV among the NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
这里,在主信道被维持的两个NAV同时被重置的情况下,先重置第一目标NAV,两个NAV中的另一个NAV跟随第一目标NAV更新。Here, when the two NAVs maintained on the main channel are reset at the same time, the first target NAV is reset first, and the other NAV of the two NAVs is updated following the first target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和基本服务集BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
若所述第四帧属于BSS间,所述第一目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the first target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第四帧属于BSS内部或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第一目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fourth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
基本NAV基于BSS间的PPDU更新,BSS内部NAV基于BSS内部PPDU或无法识别为BSS内部PPDU或BSS间的PPDU的PPDU更新。Basic NAV is based on inter-BSS PPDU updates, and intra-BSS NAV is based on intra-BSS PPDU updates or PPDU updates that cannot be recognized as intra-BSS PPDUs or inter-BSS PPDUs.
可选地,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS间或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一示例中,STA1接收到的第四帧属于BSS间,且接收地址不是STA1的MAC地址,则重置主信道的BSS内部NAV,STA2接收到的第四帧属于BSS间,且接收地址是STA2的MAC地址,则不重置主信道的基本NAV。此时,可认为STA2在主信道上建立有第一传输机会。In an example, the fourth frame received by STA1 belongs to inter-BSS, and the receiving address is not the MAC address of STA1, then the BSS internal NAV of the main channel is reset. The fourth frame received by STA2 belongs to inter-BSS, and the receiving address is The MAC address of STA2 will not reset the basic NAV of the main channel. At this time, it can be considered that STA2 has established the first transmission opportunity on the main channel.
可选地,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一示例中,STA1接收到的第四帧属于BSS内部,且接收地址不是STA1的MAC地址,则重置主信道的BSS内部NAV,STA2接收到的第四帧接收地址是STA2的MAC地址,则不重置主信道的NAV。此时,可认为STA2在主信道上建立有第一传输机会。In an example, the fourth frame received by STA1 belongs to the internal BSS, and the receiving address is not the MAC address of STA1, then the BSS internal NAV of the main channel is reset, and the receiving address of the fourth frame received by STA2 is the MAC address of STA2. Then the NAV of the main channel is not reset. At this time, it can be considered that STA2 has established the first transmission opportunity on the main channel.
对于次信道For sub-channel
一个节点关联的至少一个次信道中,每一次信道分别被维持相应的NAV。In at least one secondary channel associated with a node, the corresponding NAV is maintained for each channel.
本申请实施例中,不同的次信道被维持的NAV独立。在一示例中,节点STA3关联次信道1和次信道2,维持有次信道1的NAV和次信道2的NAV。In this embodiment of the present application, different sub-channels are maintained with independent NAV. In an example, node STA3 is associated with secondary channel 1 and secondary channel 2, and maintains the NAV of secondary channel 1 and the NAV of secondary channel 2.
若一个次信道被维持一个NAV,该NAV为0,则认为该次信道空闲,否则,认为该次信道忙。If a secondary channel is maintained with a NAV and the NAV is 0, the secondary channel is considered idle; otherwise, the secondary channel is considered busy.
若一个次信道被维持两个NAV,该两个都NAV为0,则认为该次信道空闲,否则,认为该次信道 忙。If a secondary channel is maintained with two NAVs, and both NAVs are 0, the secondary channel is considered to be idle; otherwise, the secondary channel is considered to be busy.
可选地,对于所述至少一个次信道中的一个第一次信道,被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。Optionally, one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first channel of the at least one secondary channel.
所述至少一个次信道中不同次信道被维持的NAV的数量相同或不同。The number of NAVs maintained by different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
这里,第一次信道为一个节点关联的多个信道中的任一一个次信道。第一次信道维持一个NAV的情况下,在第一次信道上建立传输机会的节点的传输机会使用时长与该NAV的时长相同;第一次信道维持两个NAV的情况下,在第一次信道上建立传输机会的节点的传输机会使用时长与两个NAV中的较大值相同。Here, the primary channel is any secondary channel among multiple channels associated with a node. If the first channel maintains one NAV, the transmission opportunity duration of the node that establishes the transmission opportunity on the first channel is the same as the duration of the NAV; if the first channel maintains two NAVs, the first transmission opportunity will be used for the first time. The transmission opportunity usage duration of a node that establishes a transmission opportunity on the channel is the same as the larger of the two NAVs.
次信道被维持的NAV的更新方式包括:在至少包括所述第一次信道的至少一个信道上接收到第五帧,则所述第一次信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第五帧指示的第二持续时长。The updating method of the NAV maintained by the secondary channel includes: when a fifth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained by the first channel is reset to the fifth frame. The second duration of the frame indication.
可同时在一个或多个信道上接收到第五帧,在接收第五帧的信道上包括第一次信道的情况下,基于第五帧对第一次信道被维持的NAV进行重置。可理解的,对第一次信道被维持的NAV进行重置可理解为对第一次信道被维持的NAV进行更新,更新后的大小可大于或小于更新前的大小。The fifth frame may be received on one or more channels at the same time. If the channel on which the fifth frame is received includes the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset based on the fifth frame. It can be understood that resetting the NAV for the first time the channel is maintained can be understood as updating the NAV for the first time the channel is maintained, and the size after the update may be larger or smaller than the size before the update.
可选地,第五帧包括第一帧。第五帧还可包括第六帧。Optionally, the fifth frame includes the first frame. The fifth frame may also include a sixth frame.
第四帧可包括可不限于:RTS帧、CTS帧、CF_END帧。The fourth frame may include but is not limited to: RTS frame, CTS frame, CF_END frame.
可理解的,第四帧和第五帧可为同一帧,此时,在包括至少包括主信道和一个第一次信道上接收到该帧,此时,可基于该帧对主信道和第一次信道分别被维持的NAV进行重置。It is understandable that the fourth frame and the fifth frame may be the same frame. At this time, the frame is received on a channel including at least a main channel and a first channel. At this time, the main channel and the first channel can be compared based on the frame. The secondary channels are respectively maintained with NAV reset.
若所述第一次信道被维持一个NAV,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。If the first channel is maintained for one NAV, the first channel is maintained for one NAV and is reset to the second duration.
可选地,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame;
所述第二持续时长大于所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
若所述第一次信道被维持两个NAV,If the first channel is maintained for two NAV,
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the second duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。A second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
若所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长,两个NAV为一个整体,次信道的第二传输时机的时长为所述第二持续时长。If both NAVs are reset to the second duration, the two NAVs are a whole, and the duration of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is the second duration.
若两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,两个NAV独立,次信道的第二传输机会的时长为两个NAV中较大的。在两个NAV独立的情况下,第二目标NAV被更新,两个NAV中第二目标NAV之外的另一个NAV不被更新。If a second target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, the two NAVs are independent, and the duration of the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is the larger of the two NAVs. In the case where the two NAVs are independent, the second target NAV is updated, and the other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is not updated.
可选地,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第二持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第二目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。Optionally, when both NAVs are updated to the second duration, the second target NAV among the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, and the two Another NAV in the NAV other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
这里,在第一次信道被维持的两个NAV同时被重置的情况下,先重置第二目标NAV,两个NAV中的另一个NAV跟随第二目标NAV更新。Here, in the case where the two NAVs maintained on the first channel are reset at the same time, the second target NAV is reset first, and the other NAV of the two NAVs is updated following the second target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
若所述第五帧属于BSS间,所述第二目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fifth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the second target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第五帧属于BSS内部或所述第五帧无法被识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第二目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fifth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS间或所述第五帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
在一示例中,STA1和STA2在主信道上建立第一传输机会,STA3接收到的第四帧接收地址不是自己的MAC地址,则重置主信道的NAV,STA2接收到的第四帧接收地址是自己的MAC地址,则不重置主信道的NAV。In an example, STA1 and STA2 establish the first transmission opportunity on the main channel. The fourth frame receiving address received by STA3 is not its own MAC address, so the NAV of the main channel is reset. The fourth frame receiving address received by STA2 is its own MAC address, the NAV of the main channel will not be reset.
在一示例,一个BSS中有1个主信道和4个次信道:次信道1、次信道2、次信道3、次信道4,主信道和4个次信道分别被维持各自的NAV。若主信道上接收到CTS帧的情况下,若该CTS帧满足重置主信道被维持的NAV的情况下,将主信道被维持的NAV进行重置。若次信道2上接收到CTS帧的 情况下,若该CTS帧满足重置次信道2被维持的NAV的情况下,将次信道2被维持的NAV进行重置。若主信道和次信道2上接收到CTS帧的情况下,若该CTS帧满足重置主信道和次信道2被维持的NAV的情况下,将主信道和次信道2被维持的NAV分别进行重置。若当次信道1至次信道3上接收到CTS帧的情况下,若该CTS帧满足重置次信道1至次信道3被维持的NAV的情况下,将次信道1至次信道3被维持的NAV分别进行重置。In an example, there are 1 primary channel and 4 secondary channels in a BSS: secondary channel 1, secondary channel 2, secondary channel 3, and secondary channel 4. The primary channel and the four secondary channels maintain their own NAVs respectively. If a CTS frame is received on the main channel, and if the CTS frame satisfies the requirement to reset the NAV maintained on the main channel, the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset. If a CTS frame is received on secondary channel 2, and if the CTS frame satisfies the requirement to reset the NAV maintained on secondary channel 2, the NAV maintained on secondary channel 2 is reset. If a CTS frame is received on the primary channel and secondary channel 2, and if the CTS frame satisfies the requirement to reset the NAV maintained on the primary channel and secondary channel 2, the NAV maintained on the primary channel and secondary channel 2 will be reset respectively. Reset. If a CTS frame is received on secondary channel 1 to secondary channel 3, if the CTS frame satisfies the NAV that resets secondary channel 1 to secondary channel 3 to be maintained, secondary channel 1 to secondary channel 3 will be maintained. The NAV is reset separately.
下面,对本申请实施例提供的确定信道使用时长的方法进行进一步描述。Next, the method for determining the channel usage duration provided by the embodiment of the present application will be further described.
本申请实施例中,对主信道和次信道上的NAV进行定义,然后根据AP或STA进行次信道接入,以及设备是否具备在主信道和次信道同时侦听的能力等,提出不同的次信道使用方案。In the embodiment of this application, the NAV on the primary channel and the secondary channel is defined, and then different secondary channels are proposed based on whether the AP or STA accesses the secondary channel and whether the device has the ability to listen on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time. Channel usage plan.
主信道的NAV的定义Definition of NAV of main channel
主信道上的NAV可能有1个或2个。There may be 1 or 2 NAVs on the main channel.
主信道上包括1个NAV的场景下,站点或AP在20MHz主信道上将维持单个的NAV,简写P20 NAV。In a scenario where the main channel includes 1 NAV, the station or AP will maintain a single NAV on the 20MHz main channel, abbreviated as P20 NAV.
在包含至少P20的信道中接收到物理层服务数据单元(PHY Service Data Unit,PSDU)(或PPDU)中的至少一个有效帧的STA可以使用来自PSDU(或PPDU)中任何有效持续时长字段(duration field)的信息来更新其P20 NAV。当接收帧的接收端地址(Receiver Address,RA)等于STA自己的MAC地址时,STA不应更新其P20 NAV。对于所有其他的在包括至少P20的信道上接收到帧的STA,当接收到的持续时长大于该STA当前的P20 NAV值时,STA应更新其P20 NAV。在至少包含P20的信道中接收到PS-Poll帧后,接收到的PS-Poll帧的RXVECTOR参数RESPONSE_INDICATION为NDP响应的S1G STA除外的STA应根据以下条件更新其P20 NAV:当新的P20 NAV值大于当前P20 NAV值时,设置数据速率选择规则使用的持续时长值等于传输一个Ack帧加上一个SIFS所需的时间(以微秒为单位)。如果计算的持续时长包括小数部分,则该值向上舍入到下一个更高的整数。A STA that receives at least one valid frame in a physical layer service data unit (PHY Service Data Unit, PSDU) (or PPDU) in a channel containing at least P20 can use any valid duration field (duration) from the PSDU (or PPDU). field) to update its P20 NAV. When the receiver address (RA) of the received frame is equal to the STA's own MAC address, the STA should not update its P20 NAV. For all other STAs that receive frames on a channel that includes at least P20, the STA shall update its P20 NAV when the duration of the reception is greater than the STA's current P20 NAV value. After receiving a PS-Poll frame in a channel containing at least P20, STA except STA whose RXVECTOR parameter RESPONSE_INDICATION of the received PS-Poll frame is NDP response shall update its P20 NAV according to the following conditions: When the new P20 NAV value When greater than the current P20 NAV value, set the data rate selection rule to use a duration value equal to the time (in microseconds) required to transmit one Ack frame plus one SIFS. If the calculated duration includes a fractional part, the value is rounded up to the next higher integer.
因此,P20 NAV的更新规则是:如果在包含至少P20的信道上有收到设置或重置NAV的帧,则该P20 NAV就会被设置或重置。Therefore, the update rule for P20 NAV is: if a frame to set or reset NAV is received on a channel containing at least P20, the P20 NAV will be set or reset.
主信道上包括2个NAV的场景下,站点或AP在主20MHz带宽的信道上将维持两个的NAV:intra-BSS NAV in P20(简写P20 intra-BSS NAV)和basic NAV in P20(简写为P20 basic NAV)。In a scenario where the main channel includes two NAVs, the station or AP will maintain two NAVs on the main 20MHz bandwidth channel: intra-BSS NAV in P20 (abbreviated as P20 intra-BSS NAV) and basic NAV in P20 (abbreviated as P20 basic NAV).
P20 intra-BSS NAV通过BSS内部的PPDU更新。P20 basic NAV通过BSS间的PPDU或者无法进行BSS内部和BSS间分类的PPDU更新。P20 intra-BSS NAV is updated via PPDU within the BSS. P20 basic NAV updates via inter-BSS PPDU or PPDU updates that cannot perform intra-BSS and inter-BSS classification.
P20 intra-BSS NAV对应P20 intra-BSS NAV定时器,P20 basic NAV对应P20 basic NAV定时器。在站点维持两个P20 NAV的情况下,如果两个NAV定时器的值都为0,则CS指示该媒介(medium)空闲;如果两个P20 NAV定时器中的至少一个定时器的值是非0,则虚拟CS指示该媒介为忙。P20 intra-BSS NAV corresponds to the P20 intra-BSS NAV timer, and P20 basic NAV corresponds to the P20 basic NAV timer. In the case where the site maintains two P20 NAVs, if the values of both NAV timers are 0, CS indicates that the medium (medium) is idle; if the value of at least one of the two P20 NAV timers is non-0 , then the virtual CS indicates that the medium is busy.
如果满足以下条件,则STA将基于通过包括至少P20的信道上接收的PSDU或PDDU指示的持续时长修改P20 intra-BSS NAV:The STA shall modify the P20 intra-BSS NAV based on the duration indicated by the PSDU or PDDU received on the channel including at least P20 if the following conditions are met:
1、接收的帧为BSS内的;1. The received frame is within the BSS;
2、指示的持续时长大于当前的P20 intra-BSS NAV的值;2. The indicated duration is greater than the current P20 intra-BSS NAV value;
3、接收的帧的RA不是当前STA的MAC地址;或者,当前STA不是传输机会(Transmission Opportunity,TXOP)的占有者(holder),且PPDU承载的帧不是请求STA立即响应的帧;或者,当前STA是TXOP holder,且接收的帧为触发帧(Trigger frame)。3. The RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA; or the current STA is not the holder of the Transmission Opportunity (TXOP), and the frame carried by the PPDU is not a frame requesting the STA to respond immediately; or the current STA STA is a TXOP holder, and the received frame is a trigger frame.
如果满足以下条件,则STA将基于通过包括至少P20的信道上接收的PSDU或PDDU指示的持续时长修改P20 basic NAV:The STA shall modify the P20 basic NAV based on the duration indicated by the PSDU or PDDU received on the channel including at least P20 if the following conditions are met:
1、接收的帧为BSS间的或者无法识别为是BSS内或BSS间的;1. The received frame is inter-BSS or cannot be identified as intra-BSS or inter-BSS;
2、指示的持续时长大于当前的P20 basic NAV的值;2. The indicated duration is greater than the current P20 basic NAV value;
3、接收的帧的RA不是当前STA的MAC地址。3. The RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA.
如上所述,当主信道定义2个NAV时,只有当P20 intra-BSS NAV和P20 basic NAV的值都为0时,主信道才可以判定为空闲。As mentioned above, when the main channel defines 2 NAV, the main channel can be determined to be idle only when the values of P20 intra-BSS NAV and P20 basic NAV are both 0.
次信道的NAV的定义Definition of NAV for secondary channels
次信道的NAV可以定义为non-primary 20MHz channel NAV(简写为NP20 NAV)。本申请实施例中,针对主信道之外的每个20MHz非主信道即次信道均定义了一个或两个NP20 NAV。The NAV of the secondary channel can be defined as non-primary 20MHz channel NAV (abbreviated as NP20 NAV). In the embodiment of this application, one or two NP20 NAVs are defined for each 20MHz non-primary channel, that is, a secondary channel other than the primary channel.
每个次信道上包括1个NAV的场景下,站点或AP在20MHz非主信道上将维持一个NP20 NAV。In a scenario that includes 1 NAV on each secondary channel, the station or AP will maintain an NP20 NAV on the 20MHz non-primary channel.
在包含至少20Mhz次信道的信道中接收到PSDU(或PPDU)中的至少一个有效帧的STA可以使用来自PSDU(或PPDU)中任何有效duration field的信息来更新该20Mhz次信道的NP20 NAV。当接收帧的接收端地址(Receiver Address,RA)等于STA自己的MAC地址时,STA不应更新其20Mhz次信道的NP20 NAV。对于所有其他的在包括至少20Mhz的次信道上接收到帧的STA,当接收到 的持续时长大于该STA当前20Mhz次信道的NP20 NAV值时,STA应更新该20Mhz次信道的NP20 NAV。在至少包含20Mhz次信道的信道中接收到PS-Poll帧后,接收到的PS-Poll帧的RXVECTOR参数RESPONSE_INDICATION为NDP响应的S1G STA除外的STA应根据以下条件更新包含20Mhz次信道的NP20 NAV:当新的NP20 NAV值大于当前NP20 NAV值时,设置数据速率选择规则使用的持续时长值等于传输一个Ack帧加上一个SIFS所需的时间(以微秒为单位)。如果计算的持续时长包括小数部分,则该值向上舍入到下一个更高的整数。A STA that receives at least one valid frame in a PSDU (or PPDU) in a channel containing at least a 20Mhz subchannel may use information from any valid duration field in the PSDU (or PPDU) to update the NP20 NAV for that 20Mhz subchannel. When the receiver address (RA) of the received frame is equal to the STA's own MAC address, the STA should not update the NP20 NAV of its 20Mhz sub-channel. For all other STAs that receive frames on secondary channels that include at least 20Mhz, when the duration of reception is greater than the NP20 NAV value of the STA's current 20Mhz secondary channel, the STA should update the NP20 NAV of the 20Mhz secondary channel. After receiving a PS-Poll frame in a channel containing at least 20Mhz sub-channels, STAs other than S1G STAs whose RXVECTOR parameter RESPONSE_INDICATION of the received PS-Poll frame is an NDP response shall update the NP20 NAV containing the 20Mhz sub-channel according to the following conditions: When the new NP20 NAV value is greater than the current NP20 NAV value, set the data rate selection rule to use a duration value equal to the time (in microseconds) required to transmit one Ack frame plus one SIFS. If the calculated duration includes a fractional part, the value is rounded up to the next higher integer.
因此,NP20 NAV的更新规则是:如果在包含至少20Mhz次信道的信道上有收到设置或重置NAV的帧,则该次信道上的NP20 NAV就会被设置或重置。值得注意的是,当一个STA关联到20MHz*n的BSS时,那么n-1个20MHz非主信道中每个非主信道均需要定义1个NP20 NAV,因此一共需要定义n-1个NP20 NAVs。例如,BSS是80MHz的BSS,那么需要定义并维护3个NP20 NAV。Therefore, the update rule for NP20 NAV is: if a frame to set or reset NAV is received on a channel containing at least a 20Mhz sub-channel, the NP20 NAV on that sub-channel will be set or reset. It is worth noting that when a STA is associated with a 20MHz*n BSS, then each of the n-1 20MHz non-main channels needs to define 1 NP20 NAV, so a total of n-1 NP20 NAVs need to be defined. . For example, if the BSS is an 80MHz BSS, then 3 NP20 NAVs need to be defined and maintained.
基于以上NP20 NAV设置和更新准则,下面分别以40MHz BSS、80MHz BSS以及带有20MHz打孔(puncturing)的80MHz BSS为例进行说明。其它带宽和puncturing组合的例子与所列举的类似,不再一一说明。值得注意的是,以下例子均以请求发送(Request To Send,RTS)/允许发送(Clear To Send,CTS)帧的Duration/ID field对NAV进行设置为例进行说明,但设置NAV的帧不仅限于RTS/CTS帧,还可以是其它任意带有Duration/ID field帧。Based on the above NP20 NAV setting and update guidelines, the following uses 40MHz BSS, 80MHz BSS and 80MHz BSS with 20MHz puncturing as examples for explanation. Other examples of bandwidth and puncturing combinations are similar to those listed and will not be explained one by one. It is worth noting that the following examples all use the Duration/ID field of the Request To Send (RTS)/Clear To Send (CTS) frame to set NAV as an example, but the frames for setting NAV are not limited to RTS/CTS frame, it can also be any other frame with Duration/ID field.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图10所示,源端(Source)(AP/STA)在20MHz的primary channel上发送RTS帧,对于目的端(Destination)来说,由于RTS的RA是Destination的MAC地址,因此Destination不会在primary channel上设置NAV。但是其他端(Other)(为STA或AP)在主信道primary channel上接收到RTS之后,由于RTS的RA不是其他端的MAC地址,因此其他端会在primary channel上设置NAV,NAV的时长在RTS帧的Duration/ID field进行指示(即Ack帧发送结束时刻)。在primary channel上收到RTS帧的Destination会间隔SIFS回复一个CTS帧,由于CTS帧的RA是Source的MAC地址,因此Source不会在primary channel上设置NAV,而其他端会基于CTS的Duration/ID field在primary channel上更新NAV(图示中仍为Ack帧发送结束时刻)。其他端在primary channel的NAV减为0后可以在primary channel上进行DIFS时长的CCA,如果检测结果为空闲,那么Other便可以在primary channel上竞争使用信道。由于20MHz的non-primary channel(也叫secondary channel)上没有发送任何帧,因此Other在non-primary channel上CCA检测到DIFS时长的空闲后可以立即竞争使用该信道。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 10, the source (Source) (AP/STA) sends RTS frames on the 20MHz primary channel. For the destination (Destination), the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination. , so Destination will not set NAV on the primary channel. However, after the other end (STA or AP) receives the RTS on the primary channel, since the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the other end, the other end will set NAV on the primary channel. The duration of the NAV is in the RTS frame. The Duration/ID field indicates (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame). The Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the primary channel, and other ends will based on the Duration/ID of the CTS. field updates NAV on the primary channel (the figure still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel is reduced to 0, the other end can perform CCA of DIFS duration on the primary channel. If the detection result is idle, then Others can compete for the use of the channel on the primary channel. Since no frames are sent on the 20MHz non-primary channel (also called secondary channel), Others can compete to use the channel immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration idle on the non-primary channel.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图11所示,Source(AP/STA)在20MHz的non-primary channel(也叫secondary channel)上发送RTS帧,对于Destination来说,由于RTS的RA是Destination的MAC地址,因此Destination不会在non-primary channel上设置NAV。但是Other(STA/AP)在non-primary channel上接收到RTS帧之后,由于RTS的RA不是Other的MAC地址,因此Other会在non-primary channel上设置NAV,NAV的时长在RTS帧的Duration/ID field进行指示(即Ack帧发送结束时刻)。在non-primary channel上收到RTS帧的Destination会间隔SIFS回复一个CTS帧,由于CTS帧的RA是Source的MAC地址,因此Source不会在non-primary channel上设置NAV,而Other会基于CTS的Duration/ID field在non-primary channel上更新NAV(图示中仍为Ack帧发送结束时刻)。Other在non-primary channel的NAV减为0后可以在non-primary channel上进行DIFS时长的CCA,如果结果为空闲,那么Other便可以在non-primary channel竞争使用信道。由于20MHz的primary channel上没有发送任何帧,因此Other在primary channel上CCA检测到DIFS时长的空闲后可以立即竞争使用该信道。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 11, Source (AP/STA) sends RTS frames on the 20MHz non-primary channel (also called secondary channel). For Destination, since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination , so Destination will not set NAV on the non-primary channel. However, after the Other (STA/AP) receives the RTS frame on the non-primary channel, since the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will set NAV on the non-primary channel. The duration of the NAV is the Duration/ of the RTS frame. ID field indicates (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame). The Destination that receives the RTS frame on the non-primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the non-primary channel, and Other will set the NAV based on the CTS. The Duration/ID field updates the NAV on the non-primary channel (the illustration is still the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the non-primary channel is reduced to 0, Other can perform CCA of DIFS duration on the non-primary channel. If the result is idle, then Other can compete for the use of the channel on the non-primary channel. Since no frames are sent on the 20MHz primary channel, Others can compete to use the channel immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration idle on the primary channel.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图12所示,Source(AP/STA)在40MHz信道(包含primary channel和non-primary channel)上发送RTS帧,对于Destination来说,由于RTS的RA是Destination的MAC地址,因此Destination不会在primary channel和non-primary channel上设置NAV。但是Other(STA/AP)在primary channel和non-primary channel上接收到RTS之后,由于RTS的RA不是Other的MAC地址,因此Other会在primary channel和non-primary channel上设置NAV,NAV的时长在RTS帧的Duration/ID field进行指示(即Ack帧发送结束时刻)。在primary channel和non-primary channel上收到RTS帧的Destination会间隔SIFS回复一个CTS帧,由于CTS帧的RA是Source的MAC地址,因此Source不会在primary channel和non-primary channel上设置NAV,而Other会基于CTS的Duration/ID field在primary channel和non-primary channel上更新NAV(图示中仍为Ack帧发送结束时刻)。Other在primary channel和non-primary channel的NAV减为0后可以在primary channel和non-primary channel上进行DIFS时长的CCA,如果结果为空闲,那么Other便可以在primary channel和non-primary channel竞争使用信道。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 12, Source (AP/STA) sends RTS frames on the 40MHz channel (including primary channel and non-primary channel). For Destination, since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination , so Destination will not set NAV on primary channel and non-primary channel. However, after the Other (STA/AP) receives the RTS on the primary channel and non-primary channel, since the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will set NAV on the primary channel and the non-primary channel. The duration of the NAV is The Duration/ID field of the RTS frame indicates (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame). The Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel and non-primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel. Others will update NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the figure still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel and non-primary channel is reduced to 0, Other can perform DIFS duration CCA on the primary channel and non-primary channel. If the result is idle, then Other can compete for use on the primary channel and non-primary channel. channel.
以80MHz BSS为例,如图13所示,Source(AP/STA)在primary channel上发送RTS帧,对于Destination来说,由于RTS的RA是Destination的MAC地址,因此Destination不会在primary channel上设置NAV。但是Other(STA/AP)在primary channel上接收到RTS帧之后,由于RTS的RA不是 Other的MAC地址,因此Other会在primary channel上设置NAV,NAV的时长在RTS帧的Duration/ID field进行指示(即Ack帧发送结束时刻)。在primary channel上收到RTS帧的Destination会间隔SIFS回复一个CTS帧,由于CTS帧的RA是Source的MAC地址,因此Source不会在primary channel上设置NAV,而Other会基于CTS的Duration/ID field在primary channel上更新NAV(图示中仍为Ack帧发送结束时刻)。Other在primary channel的NAV减为0后可以在primary channel上进行DIFS时长的CCA,如果结果为空闲,那么Other便可以在primary channel竞争使用信道。由于non-primary channel 1,non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上没有发送任何帧,因此Other在non-primary channel 1,non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上CCA检测到DIFS时长的空闲后可以立即竞争使用这些信道。Taking 80MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 13, Source (AP/STA) sends RTS frames on the primary channel. For Destination, since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination, Destination will not be set on the primary channel. NAV. However, after the Other (STA/AP) receives the RTS frame on the primary channel, since the RA of the RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will set NAV on the primary channel. The duration of the NAV is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame. (That is, the end time of sending the Ack frame). The Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not set NAV on the primary channel, and Other will respond based on the Duration/ID field of the CTS. Update NAV on the primary channel (the figure still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel is reduced to 0, Other can perform CCA of DIFS duration on the primary channel. If the result is idle, then Other can compete for the channel in the primary channel. Since no frames are sent on non-primary channel 1, non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3, Other CCA detects DIFS duration on non-primary channel 1, non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 These channels can be used as soon as they become free.
以80MHz BSS为例,如图14所示,Source(AP/STA)在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel3上发送RTS帧,对于Destination来说,由于RTS的RA是Destination的MAC地址,因此Destination不会在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上设置NAV。但是Other(STA/AP)在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上接收到RTS帧之后,由于RTS的RA不是Other的MAC地址,因此Other会在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上设置NAV,NAV的时长在RTS帧的Duration/ID field进行指示(即Ack帧发送结束时刻)。在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上收到RTS帧的Destination会间隔SIFS回复一个CTS帧,由于CTS帧的RA是Source的MAC地址,因此Source不会non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上设置NAV,而Other会基于CTS的Duration/ID field在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上更新NAV(图示中仍为Ack帧发送结束时刻)。Other在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3的NAV减为0后可以在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上进行CCA检测DIFS时长的CCA,如果结果为空闲,那么Other便可以在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3竞争使用信道。由于primary channel和non-primary channel 1上没有发送任何帧,因此Other在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上CCA检测到DIFS时长的空闲后可以立即竞争使用这些信道。Taking 80MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 14, Source (AP/STA) sends RTS frames on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3. For Destination, since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination, so Destination will not set NAV on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3. However, after Other (STA/AP) receives the RTS frame on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3, since the RA of RTS is not Other's MAC address, Other will receive the RTS frame on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel. Set NAV on 3. The duration of NAV is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame). The Destination that receives the RTS frame on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not respond to non-primary channel 2 and non- NAV is set on primary channel 3, and Other will update NAV on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the picture still shows the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 is reduced to 0, Other can perform CCA on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 to detect the CCA of DIFS duration. If the result is idle, then Other can Non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3 compete for use of the channel. Since no frames are sent on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1, Others can compete to use these channels immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration of idleness on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1.
以80MHz BSS为例,如图15所示,Source(AP/STA)在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上发送RTS帧,对于Destination来说,由于RTS的RA是Destination的MAC地址,因此Destination不会在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上设置NAV。但是Other(STA/AP)在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上接收到RTS帧之后,由于RTS的RA不是Other的MAC地址,因此Other会在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上设置NAV,NAV的时长在RTS帧的Duration/ID field进行指示(即Ack帧发送结束时刻)。在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上收到RTS帧的Destination会间隔SIFS回复一个CTS帧,由于CTS帧的RA是Source的MAC地址,因此Source不会在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上设置NAV,而Other会基于CTS的Duration/ID field在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上更新NAV(图示中仍为Ack帧发送结束时刻)。Other在primary channel和non-primary channel 1的NAV减为0后可以在primary channel和non-primary channel 1上进行DIFS时长的CCA,如果结果为空闲,那么Other便可以在primary channel和non-primary channel 1竞争使用信道。由于non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上没有发送任何帧,因此Other在non-primary channel 2和non-primary channel 3上CCA检测到DIFS时长的空闲后可以立即竞争使用这些信道。Taking 80MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 15, Source (AP/STA) sends RTS frames on primary channel and non-primary channel 1. For Destination, since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination, Destination does not NAV will be set on primary channel and non-primary channel 1. However, after the Other (STA/AP) receives the RTS frame on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1, since the RA of RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will set NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1. NAV The duration is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame). The Destination that receives the RTS frame on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1 will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not be set on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1. NAV, and Other will update NAV on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1 based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the figure is still the end time of sending the Ack frame). After the NAV of the primary channel and non-primary channel 1 is reduced to 0, Other can perform DIFS duration CCA on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1. If the result is idle, then Other can perform CCA on the primary channel and non-primary channel 1. 1Competition to use the channel. Since no frames are sent on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3, Others can compete to use these channels immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration of idleness on non-primary channel 2 and non-primary channel 3.
以80MHz BSS为例,如图16所示,Source(AP/STA)在non-primary channel 2被打孔(punctured)的80MHz的信道(primary channel+non-primary channel 1+non-primary channel 3)上发送RTS帧,对于Destination来说,由于RTS的RA是Destination的MAC地址,因此Destination不会在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3上设置NAV。但是Other(STA/AP)在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3上接收到RTS帧之后,由于RTS的RA不是Other的MAC地址,因此Other会在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3上设置NAV,NAV的时长在RTS帧的Duration/ID field进行指示(即Ack帧发送结束时刻)。在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3上收到RTS帧的Destination会间隔SIFS回复一个CTS帧,由于CTS帧的RA是Source的MAC地址,因此Source不会在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3上设置NAV,而Other会基于CTS的Duration/ID field在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3上更新NAV(图示中仍为Ack帧发送结束时刻)。Other在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3的NAV减为0后可以在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3上进行CCA检测DIFS时长的CCA,如果结果为空闲,那么Other便可以在primary channel,non-primary channel 1和non-primary channel 3竞争使用信道。由于non-primary channel 2上没有发送任何帧,因此Other在non-primary channel 2上CCA检 测到DIFS时长的空闲后可以立即竞争使用该信道。Taking the 80MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 16, the Source (AP/STA) is the 80MHz channel punctured in non-primary channel 2 (primary channel+non-primary channel 1+non-primary channel 3) RTS frame is sent on Destination. For Destination, since the RA of RTS is the MAC address of Destination, Destination will not set NAV on primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3. However, after the Other (STA/AP) receives the RTS frame on the primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3, since the RA of RTS is not the MAC address of the Other, the Other will receive the RTS frame on the primary channel, non-primary channel Set NAV on 1 and non-primary channel 3. The duration of NAV is indicated in the Duration/ID field of the RTS frame (that is, the end time of sending the Ack frame). Destination that receives RTS frames on primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3 will reply with a CTS frame at intervals of SIFS. Since the RA of the CTS frame is the MAC address of the Source, the Source will not be on the primary channel, non-primary channel. - Set NAV on primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3, and Other will update NAV on primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3 based on the Duration/ID field of CTS (the picture is still Ack frame sending end time). OtherAfter the NAV of primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3 is reduced to 0, CCA can be performed on the primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3 to detect the CCA of DIFS duration. If the result is Idle, then Others can compete to use the channel in the primary channel, non-primary channel 1 and non-primary channel 3. Since no frames are sent on non-primary channel 2, Others can compete to use the channel immediately after CCA detects the DIFS duration idle on non-primary channel 2.
次信道上包括2个NAV的场景下,站点AP在每一个次20MHz的信道上将维持两个的NAV(NP20 NAV),接入点在每一个次20MHz的信道上将维持两个的NAV(NP20 NAV):intra-BSS NAV in NP20(简写NP20 intra-BSS NAV)和basic NAV in NP20(简写为NP20 basic NAV)。In the scenario where the secondary channel includes 2 NAV, the site AP will maintain two NAV (NP20 NAV) on each secondary 20MHz channel, and the access point will maintain two NAV (NP20 NAV) on each secondary 20MHz channel. NP20 NAV): intra-BSS NAV in NP20 (abbreviated as NP20 intra-BSS NAV) and basic NAV in NP20 (abbreviated as NP20 basic NAV).
NP20 intra-BSS NAV和NP20 basic NAV定义如下:NP20 intra-BSS NAV and NP20 basic NAV are defined as follows:
NP20 intra-BSS NAV通过BSS内部的PPDU更新,NP20 basic NAV通过BSS间的PPDU或者无法进行BSS内部和BSS间分类的PPDU更新。NP20 intra-BSS NAV is updated through PPDU within the BSS, NP20 basic NAV is updated through PPDU between BSS or PPDU that cannot be classified within BSS and between BSS.
NP20 intra-BSS NAV对应NP20 intra-BSS NAV定时器,NP20 basic NAV对应NP20 basic NAV定时器。在站点维持两个NP20 NAV的情况下,如果两个NP20 NAV定时器的值都为0,则CS指示该媒介(medium)空闲;如果两个NP20 NAV定时器中的至少一个定时器的值是非0,则虚拟CS指示该媒介为忙。NP20 intra-BSS NAV corresponds to the NP20 intra-BSS NAV timer, and NP20 basic NAV corresponds to the NP20 basic NAV timer. In the case where the site maintains two NP20 NAV, if the values of both NP20 NAV timers are 0, CS indicates that the medium (medium) is idle; if the value of at least one of the two NP20 NAV timers is non 0, the virtual CS indicates that the medium is busy.
如果满足以下条件,则STA将基于通过包括至少次20MHz信道的信道上接收的PSDU或PDDU指示的持续时长修改NP20 intra-BSS NAV:The STA shall modify the NP20 intra-BSS NAV based on the duration indicated by a PSDU or PDDU received on a channel that includes at least a sub-20 MHz channel if the following conditions are met:
1、接收的帧为BSS内的;1. The received frame is within the BSS;
2、指示的持续时长大于当前的NP20 intra-BSS NAV的值;2. The indicated duration is greater than the current NP20 intra-BSS NAV value;
3、接收的帧的RA不是当前STA的MAC地址;或者,当前STA不是传输机会(Transmission Opportunity,TXOP)的占有者(holder),且承载PPDU的帧不是请求STA立即响应的帧;或者,当前STA是TXOP holder,且接收的帧为触发帧(Trigger frame)。3. The RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA; or the current STA is not the holder of the Transmission Opportunity (TXOP), and the frame carrying the PPDU is not a frame requesting the STA to respond immediately; or the current STA STA is a TXOP holder, and the received frame is a trigger frame.
如果满足以下条件,则STA将基于通过包括至少次20MHz信道的信道上接收的PSDU或PDDU指示的持续时长修改NP20 basic NAV:The STA shall modify the NP20 basic NAV based on the duration indicated by a PSDU or PDDU received on a channel that includes at least a sub-20 MHz channel if the following conditions are met:
1、接收的帧为BSS间的或者无法识别为是BSS内或BSS间的;1. The received frame is inter-BSS or cannot be identified as intra-BSS or inter-BSS;
2、指示的持续时长大于当前的NP20 basic NAV的值;2. The indicated duration is greater than the current NP20 basic NAV value;
3、接收的帧的RA不是当前STA的MAC地址。3. The RA of the received frame is not the MAC address of the current STA.
如上所述,当一个STA关联到20MHz*n的BSS时,那么n-1个20MHz的非主信道中每个非主信道均需要定义2个NP20 NAVs,因此一共需要定义2*(n-1)个NP20 NAVs,其中n-1个NP20 basic NAVs,n-1个NP20 intra-BSS NAVs。例如,BSS是80MHz的BSS,那么需要定义并维护3个NP20 basic NAVs和3个NP20 intra-BSS NAVs。此外,每个non-primary 20MHz channel都定义2个NP20 NAV时,只有当NP20 intra-BSS NAV和NP20 basic NAV都为0时,non-primary 20MHz channel才可以判定为空闲。As mentioned above, when a STA is associated with a 20MHz*n BSS, then each of the n-1 20MHz non-main channels needs to define 2 NP20 NAVs, so a total of 2*(n-1 ) NP20 NAVs, including n-1 NP20 basic NAVs and n-1 NP20 intra-BSS NAVs. For example, if the BSS is an 80MHz BSS, then 3 NP20 basic NAVs and 3 NP20 intra-BSS NAVs need to be defined and maintained. In addition, when each non-primary 20MHz channel defines 2 NP20 NAV, the non-primary 20MHz channel can be determined to be idle only when NP20 intra-BSS NAV and NP20 basic NAV are both 0.
下面,以主信号和每个次信道定义1个NAV为例进行次信道的使用时长终止的说明,主信道和每个次信道均定义2个NAV(basic NAV和intra-BSS NAV)场景下次信道的使用时长终止的方法类似,这里,不再赘述。Below, take the primary signal and each secondary channel to define 1 NAV as an example to explain the termination of the usage duration of the secondary channel. The primary channel and each secondary channel define 2 NAV (basic NAV and intra-BSS NAV) scenario next time The method of terminating the usage duration of the channel is similar and will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中,STA/AP发送CF-End后会立即终止相关信道的使用(例如终止TXOP和/或重置NAV为0)。In the embodiment of the present application, after the STA/AP sends CF-End, it will immediately terminate the use of the relevant channel (for example, terminate TXOP and/or reset NAV to 0).
这里,以AP做次信道接入或STA做次信道接入的不同情况对本申请实施例提供的次信道的使用时长终止方法进行说明。其中,做次信道接入的设备为次信道的TXOP holder。Here, the method for terminating the usage duration of the secondary channel provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described based on different situations in which the AP accesses the secondary channel or the STA accesses the secondary channel. Among them, the device that performs secondary channel access is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel.
实施例一、AP做secondary channel accessEmbodiment 1: AP performs secondary channel access
AP做secondary channel access即AP在次信道为TXOP holder。由于AP能力较强,可以假设AP具备在主信道和次信道同时做CCA和/或监听信道的能力。当AP在主信道监测到主信道NAV被reset,AP可以直接在次信道上发送CF-End终止次信道使用。The AP does secondary channel access, that is, the AP is a TXOP holder on the secondary channel. Since the AP has strong capabilities, it can be assumed that the AP has the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor channels on the primary channel and secondary channel at the same time. When the AP detects on the primary channel that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset, the AP can directly send CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
以40MHz BSS为例,次信道的传输机会更新如图17所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder是AP)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以STA 1为例,也可以是AP)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说,其次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。此时,次信道的传输机会更新(update)。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, the transmission opportunity update of the secondary channel is shown in Figure 17. In the initial state, AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, the AP and STA 2 establish a TXOP on the secondary channel with a duration less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is the AP). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1. At this time, the transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is updated.
由于STA可能不具备在主信道和次信道同时做CCA和/或监听信道的能力,AP在主信道获知主信道的NAV被reset,作为次信道TXOP holder的AP发完当前PPDU(PPDU 2)收到BlockAck/Ack间隔SIFS后的T2时刻主动在次信道发送CF-End终止次信道的使用,次信道在T2时刻之后空闲。此外,对于STA 2来说,其主信道在T2时刻之后也是空闲的。Since the STA may not have the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor the channel on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time, the AP learns on the primary channel that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset, and the AP as the secondary channel TXOP holder finishes sending the current PPDU (PPDU 2) and receiving it. At T2 time after the BlockAck/Ack interval SIFS, the CF-End is actively sent on the secondary channel to terminate the use of the secondary channel. The secondary channel is idle after T2 time. In addition, for STA 2, its main channel is also idle after time T2.
其中,主信道上不限定AP与STA(例如STA 1)建立TXOP,也可以是P2P传输等。Among them, the AP and STA (such as STA 1) are not limited to establishing TXOP on the main channel, and it can also be P2P transmission.
实施例二、STA做secondary channel accessEmbodiment 2: STA performs secondary channel access
STA可具备或不具备在主信道和次信道同时CCA和/或监听信道的能力。The STA may or may not have the ability to simultaneously CCA and/or monitor the primary channel and secondary channel.
场景一、STA具备在主信道和次信道同时CCA和/或监听信道的能力 Scenario 1. STA has the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor channels on the primary channel and secondary channel simultaneously.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图18所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder是STA 2)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以AP为例,也可以是STA 1)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说,其次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 18, in the initial state, AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking AP as an example, it can also be STA 1) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
由于STA 2具备在主信道和次信道同时CCA和/或监听信道的能力,那么STA 2在主信道可以获知主信道的NAV被reset,此时STA 2在次信道的TXOP也应该要终止。作为次信道TXOP holder的STA2发完当前PPDU(PPDU 2)收到BlockAck/Ack间隔SIFS后的T2时刻在次信道发送CF-End终止次信道的TXOP,那么T2时刻之后次信道是空闲的。Since STA 2 has the ability to CCA and/or monitor channels on both the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time, STA 2 on the primary channel can learn that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset. At this time, STA 2's TXOP on the secondary channel should also be terminated. As the secondary channel TXOP holder, STA2 sends the CF-End on the secondary channel at T2 time after sending the current PPDU (PPDU 2) and receiving the BlockAck/Ack interval SIFS. Then the secondary channel is idle after T2 time.
需要说明的是,STA 2作为TXOP holder在次信道上给作为TXOP responder的AP发送完CF-End之后间隔SIFS时长,AP也可以再广播一个CF-End指示终止次信道的TXOP。It should be noted that after STA 2, as a TXOP holder, sends the CF-End on the secondary channel to the AP as the TXOP responder, there is a SIFS interval. The AP can also broadcast a CF-End to indicate the termination of the secondary channel TXOP.
场景二、STA在主信道和次信道分时进行CCA和/或监听信道Scenario 2: STA performs CCA and/or monitors the channel on the primary channel and secondary channel in a time-sharing manner
此时,STA不具备在主信道和次信道同时进行CCA和/或监听信道的能力At this time, the STA does not have the ability to perform CCA and/or monitor the channel on the primary channel and secondary channel at the same time.
STA不具备在主信道和次信道同时CCA和/或监听信道的能力时,STA需要在主信道监听管理帧等信息,然后按照AP的调度去次信道进行数据帧和/或控制帧的收发,在次信道完成帧的收发之后,STA需要回到主信道继续监听主信道上的管理帧。因此STA只能在主信道和次信道分时进行CCA和/或监听信道,那么当主信道上的NAV被reset时,STA可能不能及时获知,仍按照原始所设置的次信道TXOP时长去工作,这就会造成次信道使用时长与主信道的实际使用时长不一致的问题。When the STA does not have the ability to CCA and/or monitor channels on both the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time, the STA needs to monitor management frames and other information on the primary channel, and then go to the secondary channel to send and receive data frames and/or control frames according to the AP's schedule. After the secondary channel completes sending and receiving frames, the STA needs to return to the primary channel to continue monitoring management frames on the primary channel. Therefore, the STA can only perform CCA and/or monitor the channel in a time-sharing manner on the primary channel and the secondary channel. When the NAV on the primary channel is reset, the STA may not be able to learn in time and still work according to the originally set secondary channel TXOP duration. This This will cause the problem of inconsistency between the usage time of the secondary channel and the actual usage time of the primary channel.
在场景二中,次信道的使用时长的终止方案包括以下两个方案:In scenario 2, the termination scheme for the secondary channel usage duration includes the following two schemes:
方案1、AP在次信道上发帧指示STA发CF-End结束次信道TXOPSolution 1: The AP sends a frame on the secondary channel to instruct the STA to send CF-End to end the secondary channel TXOP.
在方案1中,STA 2是次信道的TXOP holder,AP作为TXOP responder只能发送Ack/BlockAck帧,或者,TXOP holder通过反向协议(Reverse direction protocol)允许TXOP responder发送Ack/BlockAck帧之外的PPDU(即其他帧)。这里,可以通过修改的Ack/BlockAck帧或者通过在次信道开启Reverse direction protocol来发送其它帧请求TXOP holder终止次信道的使用,然后由TXOP holder来进行确认(即TXOP holder在次信道发送CF-End来终止次信道的使用)。In scheme 1, STA 2 is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel. The AP, as a TXOP responder, can only send Ack/BlockAck frames, or the TXOP holder allows the TXOP responder to send other than Ack/BlockAck frames through the reverse direction protocol. PPDU (i.e. other frames). Here, you can send other frames through the modified Ack/BlockAck frame or by opening the Reverse direction protocol on the secondary channel to request the TXOP holder to terminate the use of the secondary channel, and then confirm it by the TXOP holder (that is, the TXOP holder sends CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the use of secondary channels).
以40MHz BSS为例,如图19所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder是STA 2)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以STA 1为例,也可以是AP)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说,次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 19, in the initial state, AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
由于STA 2只能在主信道和次信道分时进行CCA和/或监听信道,那么STA 2无法获知主信道的NAV被reset,但是AP接收完当前PPDU(PPDU2)间隔SIFS后可以在次信道回复修改的Ack/BlockAck帧或者Reverse direction protocol允许的其它帧(PPDU)来请求TXOP holder终止次信道的使用,然后间隔SIFS之后的T2时刻作为TXOP holder的STA 2在次信道上发送CF-End终止次信道的TXOP。此外,T2时刻STA 2在次信道发送CF-End之后,也可以默认主信道在T2时刻之后空闲。Since STA 2 can only perform CCA and/or monitor channels in a time-sharing manner on the primary channel and secondary channel, STA 2 cannot know that the NAV of the primary channel has been reset, but the AP can reply on the secondary channel after receiving the current PPDU (PPDU2) interval SIFS. Modify the Ack/BlockAck frame or other frames (PPDU) allowed by the Reverse direction protocol to request the TXOP holder to terminate the use of the secondary channel, and then STA 2 as the TXOP holder at the T2 moment after the interval SIFS sends CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the time TXOP of the channel. In addition, after STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel being idle after time T2.
基于帧不同,帧格式的修改方案包括:Based on different frames, frame format modification solutions include:
修改方案1、修改BlockAck帧 Modification plan 1. Modify BlockAck frame
BlockAck帧的格式如图20所示,可以使用BA Control field预留位的B0或者B5~B8中的任意一个bit(例如B0)定义为TXOP End,当BlockAck中该bit(即B0)置为1,则代表发送该BlockAck帧的发送者请求接收者立即终止TXOP以帮助第三方站点重置当前信道的NAV=0。也就是AP作为次信道上的TXOP holder通过发送BlockAck给TXOP holder(即STA 2),请求TXOP holder立即终止次信道的TXOP。The format of the BlockAck frame is shown in Figure 20. You can use B0 of the BA Control field reserved bit or any bit (such as B0) from B5 to B8 to define it as TXOP End. When this bit (ie B0) in BlockAck is set to 1 , it means that the sender of the BlockAck frame requests the receiver to immediately terminate the TXOP to help the third-party station reset the NAV=0 of the current channel. That is, the AP, as the TXOP holder on the secondary channel, sends a BlockAck to the TXOP holder (i.e. STA 2), requesting the TXOP holder to immediately terminate the TXOP of the secondary channel.
修改方案2、修改Ack帧 Modification plan 2, modify the Ack frame
可以考虑在携带Ack帧的PPDU的Data field中的SERVICE field(16bits)中携带TXOP End指示。PPDU可能是non-HT PPDU、non-HT duplicate PPDU、HT PPDU、VHT PPDU、HE PPDU或EHT PPDU。如图21所示的HE PPDU为例,SERVICE field的B0至B6为加扰初始化(Scramble Initialization),SERVICE field的B7~B15是预留位的,那么可以使用预留位B7~B15中的任意一个bit(例如B8)定义为TXOP End,当携带Ack帧的HT PPDU的Data field中的SERVICE field中该bit(即B8)置为1,则代表发送该Ack帧的发送者请求接收者立即终止TXOP。也就是AP作为次信道上的TXOP holder通过发送Ack给TXOP holder(即STA 2),请求TXOP holder立即终止次信道的TXOP。You can consider carrying the TXOP End indication in the SERVICE field (16 bits) in the Data field of the PPDU carrying the Ack frame. The PPDU may be non-HT PPDU, non-HT duplicate PPDU, HT PPDU, VHT PPDU, HE PPDU or EHT PPDU. Take the HE PPDU shown in Figure 21 as an example. B0 to B6 of the SERVICE field are Scramble Initialization, and B7~B15 of the SERVICE field are reserved bits. Then any of the reserved bits B7~B15 can be used. A bit (for example, B8) is defined as TXOP End. When this bit (i.e., B8) is set to 1 in the SERVICE field in the Data field of the HT PPDU carrying the Ack frame, it means that the sender of the Ack frame requests the receiver to terminate immediately. TXOP. That is, the AP, as the TXOP holder on the secondary channel, sends an Ack to the TXOP holder (i.e. STA 2), requesting the TXOP holder to immediately terminate the TXOP of the secondary channel.
修改方案3、TXOP holder在次信道上默认开启反向协议 Modification 3. TXOP holder turns on the reverse protocol by default on the secondary channel.
如图22所示,TXOP holder(即STA 2)可以在次信道上发送的PPDU中将HT Control field的RDG/More PPDU subfield置为1,代表TXOP holder开启了Reverse direction protocol,即允许TXOP responder发送PPDU。如图23或24所示,收到TXOP holder发送的PPDU之后,作为TXOP responder的AP就可以发送PPDU携带TXOP End指示TXOP holder立即终止TXOP。如图22所示,PPDU还包括帧控制字段、持续时长字段、地址1至地址4字段、序列控制(sequence control)子弹、FCS字段。As shown in Figure 22, the TXOP holder (i.e. STA 2) can set the RDG/More PPDU subfield of the HT Control field to 1 in the PPDU sent on the secondary channel, which means that the TXOP holder has opened the Reverse direction protocol, which allows the TXOP responder to send PPDU. As shown in Figure 23 or 24, after receiving the PPDU sent by the TXOP holder, the AP as the TXOP responder can send a PPDU carrying TXOP End to instruct the TXOP holder to terminate the TXOP immediately. As shown in Figure 22, PPDU also includes the frame control field, duration field, address 1 to address 4 fields, sequence control bullet, and FCS field.
其中,修改方案3实施的前提是:STA 2是次信道的TXOP holder并开启了Reverse direction protocol,AP作为次信道TXOP responder可以发送新设计的TXOP End frame(管理帧,Action frame,需要Ack)或携带了控制信息的(QoS)Null frame建议TXOP holder终止次信道的TXOP,然后由TXOP holder来进行确认(即TXOP holder在次信道发送CF-End来终止次信道的TXOP)。Among them, the premise for the implementation of modified solution 3 is: STA 2 is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel and has opened the Reverse direction protocol. As the secondary channel TXOP responder, the AP can send the newly designed TXOP End frame (management frame, Action frame, requires Ack) or The (QoS) Null frame that carries control information suggests that the TXOP holder terminates the TXOP of the secondary channel, and then the TXOP holder confirms it (that is, the TXOP holder sends CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the TXOP of the secondary channel).
以40MHz BSS为例,如图23所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder是STA 2)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以STA 1为例,也可以是AP)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。由于作为TXOP holder的STA 2无法获知主信道的NAV被reset,但是STA 2开启了Reverse direction protocol,那么AP接收完当前PPDU(PPDU2)间隔SIFS后可以在次信道发送新设计的TXOP End frame或携带了控制信息的(QoS)Null frame建议TXOP holder终止次信道的使用,此外该帧还具有BlockAck/Ack的功能,对PPDU(PPDU2)进行确认。然后间隔SIFS之后根据Reverse direction protocol,STA 2需要对AP发送的TXOP End frame或携带了控制信息的(QoS)Null frame进行Ack。STA 2发完Ack间隔SIFS后的T2时刻作为TXOP holder的STA 2在次信道上发送CF-End终止次信道的TXOP。T2时刻STA 2在次信道发送CF-End之后,也可以默认主信道在T2时刻之后空闲。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 23, in the initial state, AP and STA 1 established a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1. Since STA 2 as the TXOP holder cannot know that the NAV of the main channel has been reset, but STA 2 has turned on the Reverse direction protocol, then the AP can send the newly designed TXOP End frame or carry the new TXOP End frame on the secondary channel after receiving the current PPDU (PPDU2) interval SIFS. The (QoS) Null frame with control information recommends that the TXOP holder terminates the use of the secondary channel. In addition, the frame also has the BlockAck/Ack function to confirm the PPDU (PPDU2). Then after the SIFS interval, according to the Reverse direction protocol, STA 2 needs to Ack the TXOP End frame sent by the AP or the (QoS) Null frame carrying control information. At time T2 after STA 2 sends the Ack interval SIFS, STA 2, as the TXOP holder, sends a CF-End TXOP on the secondary channel to terminate the secondary channel. After STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel becoming idle after time T2.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图24所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder是STA 2)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以STA 1为例,也可以是AP)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。作为TXOP holder的STA 2无法获知主信道的NAV被reset,但是STA 2开启了Reverse direction protocol,那么AP接收完当前PPDU(PPDU2)间隔SIFS后会发送BlockAck/Ack给与确认。然后AP再间隔SIFS时间在次信道发送新设计的TXOP End frame或携带了控制信息的(QoS)Null frame建议TXOP holder终止次信道的使用。然后间隔SIFS之后根据Reverse direction protocol STA 2需要对AP发送的TXOP End frame或携带了控制信息的(QoS)Null frame进行Ack。STA 2发完Ack间隔SIFS后的T2时刻作为TXOP holder的STA 2在次信道上发送CF-End终止次信道的TXOP。T2时刻STA 2在次信道发送CF-End之后,也可以默认主信道在T2时刻之后空闲。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 24, in the initial state, AP and STA 1 established a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1. STA 2 as a TXOP holder cannot know that the NAV of the main channel has been reset, but STA 2 has turned on the Reverse direction protocol. Then the AP will send BlockAck/Ack for confirmation after receiving the current PPDU (PPDU2) interval SIFS. Then the AP sends a newly designed TXOP End frame or a (QoS) Null frame carrying control information on the secondary channel at intervals of SIFS time, suggesting that the TXOP holder terminates the use of the secondary channel. Then after the SIFS interval, STA 2 needs to Ack the TXOP End frame sent by the AP or the (QoS) Null frame carrying control information according to the Reverse direction protocol. At time T2 after STA 2 sends the Ack interval SIFS, STA 2, as the TXOP holder, sends a CF-End TXOP on the secondary channel to terminate the secondary channel. After STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel becoming idle after time T2.
在图23中,AP在次信道发送的新设计的TXOP End frame或携带了控制信息的(QoS)Null frame,具有BlockAck/Ack的功能,在图24中,AP在次信道发送的新设计的TXOP End frame或携带了控制信息的(QoS)Null frame,与BlockAck/Ack独立。In Figure 23, the newly designed TXOP End frame sent by the AP on the secondary channel or the (QoS) Null frame carrying control information has the function of BlockAck/Ack. In Figure 24, the newly designed TXOP End frame sent by the AP on the secondary channel TXOP End frame or (QoS) Null frame carrying control information, independent of BlockAck/Ack.
对于新设计的TXOP End frame,帧格式如图25所示,frame body(即TXOP End)部分可以为空(Null)。TXOP responder发送该帧给TXOP holder,作用是建议TXOP holder立即停止TXOP。For the newly designed TXOP End frame, the frame format is as shown in Figure 25, and the frame body (ie TXOP End) part can be empty (Null). The TXOP responder sends the frame to the TXOP holder, which advises the TXOP holder to stop TXOP immediately.
对于(QoS)Null frame,帧格式如图26所示,QoS Null frame的HT Control field的B0-B1设置为11时,HT Control field的B2-B31定义为A-Control field。A-Control field前4个bits为Control ID,目前Control ID 7-14未使用,那么可以将Control ID=7(或7-14中的任意一个值)定义为TXOP End。后面的Control Information可以为空,代表该QoS Null frame请求TXOP holder立即停止TXOP。For the (QoS) Null frame, the frame format is shown in Figure 26. When B0-B1 of the HT Control field of the QoS Null frame is set to 11, B2-B31 of the HT Control field is defined as the A-Control field. The first 4 bits of the A-Control field are Control ID. Currently Control ID 7-14 are not used, so Control ID=7 (or any value in 7-14) can be defined as TXOP End. The following Control Information can be empty, which means that the QoS Null frame requests the TXOP holder to stop TXOP immediately.
方案2、STA直接使用次信道Option 2: STA directly uses the secondary channel
如果AP参与主信道的传输但AP在主信道上不能发送CF-End(例如主信道上STA一直在发送),或者AP没参与主信道的传输(例如主信道进行P2P传输)时,工作在次信道的STA 2无法获知主信道的状态,则只能直接使用次信道。If the AP participates in the transmission of the main channel but the AP cannot send CF-End on the main channel (for example, the STA has been sending on the main channel), or the AP does not participate in the transmission of the main channel (for example, the main channel performs P2P transmission), it works in secondary mode. STA 2 of the channel cannot know the status of the primary channel, so it can only use the secondary channel directly.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图27所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 2)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以STA 1为例,也可以是AP)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 27, in the initial state, AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2. A TXOP with a secondary channel establishment duration less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder can be an AP or a STA 2). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
由于AP无法在次信道发送CF-End,那么STA 2使用次信道可以有以下两种选项:Since the AP cannot send CF-End on the secondary channel, STA 2 has the following two options when using the secondary channel:
选项1、忽略主信道reset NAV的可能:STA 2直接发完整的(full)PPDU,然后检查主信道的NAV是否被reset; Option 1. Ignore the possibility of resetting NAV on the main channel: STA 2 directly sends a complete (full) PPDU, and then checks whether the NAV on the main channel has been reset;
选项2、考虑主信道reset NAV的可能:STA 2发short PPDU,然后检查主信道的NAV是否被reset; Option 2. Consider the possibility of resetting the NAV on the main channel: STA 2 sends a short PPDU, and then checks whether the NAV on the main channel has been reset;
TA决定在次信道发送full PPDU还是short PPDU所依据的信息/准则为:主信道的TXOP长度(或NAV长度)。The information/criteria based on which TA decides whether to send full PPDU or short PPDU on the secondary channel is: the TXOP length (or NAV length) of the primary channel.
STA 2根据使用RTS/CTS条件的TXOP长度阈值(dot11TXOPDurationRTSThreshold,小于1023),如果主信道TXOP的长度(或NAV长度)超过阈值(32us*dot11TXOPDurationRTSThreshold),代表主信道NAV大概率会被reset,则STA在次信道上发送short PPDU;否则在次信道上发送full PPDU。 STA 2 According to the TXOP length threshold using RTS/CTS conditions (dot11TXOPDurationRTSThreshold, less than 1023), if the length of the main channel TXOP (or NAV length) exceeds the threshold (32us*dot11TXOPDurationRTSThreshold), it means that the main channel NAV will most likely be reset, then STA Send short PPDU on the secondary channel; otherwise, send full PPDU on the secondary channel.
如果STA2在次信道上发送full PPDUIf STA2 sends full PPDU on the secondary channel
STA2发送full PPDU后的行为包括:STA2在主信道进行CCA检测和/或接收主信道发送的帧;The actions of STA2 after sending the full PPDU include: STA2 performs CCA detection on the main channel and/or receives frames sent on the main channel;
·如果STA2通过CCA检测到主信道忙,则STA2在次信道继续发下一个full PPDU;·If STA2 detects that the primary channel is busy through CCA, STA2 continues to send the next full PPDU on the secondary channel;
·如果STA2通过CCA检测到主信道闲和/或STA2在主信道刚好收到NAV终止的帧,则终止次信道的使用。·If STA2 detects that the primary channel is idle through CCA and/or STA2 happens to receive a NAV terminated frame on the primary channel, the use of the secondary channel will be terminated.
如果STA2在次信道上发送short PPDUIf STA2 sends short PPDU on the secondary channel
short PPDU的长度大小的确定方式包括:The length of short PPDU is determined by:
·short PPDU长度固定为一个较短的长度,例如L_min字节;每次发送的PPDU长度不变;·Short PPDU length is fixed to a shorter length, such as L_min bytes; the length of PPDU sent each time remains unchanged;
·short PPDU长度在一个较短的区间根据需要/随机取值,例如[L_min1,L_min2];每次发送的PPDU长度可变;·Short PPDU length takes a value as needed/randomly in a shorter interval, such as [L_min1, L_min2]; the length of the PPDU sent each time is variable;
·设定一个常数n,short PPDU长度为full PPDU的n分之一,short PPDU=full PPDU/n。·Set a constant n, the length of short PPDU is one-nth of full PPDU, short PPDU=full PPDU/n.
STA2发送short PPDU后的行为包括:STA2在主信道进行CCA检测和/或接收主信道发送的帧;The actions of STA2 after sending short PPDU include: STA2 performs CCA detection on the main channel and/or receives frames sent on the main channel;
·如果STA2通过CCA检测到主信道忙,则STA2在次信道继续发下一个short PPDU;·If STA2 detects that the primary channel is busy through CCA, STA2 continues to send the next short PPDU on the secondary channel;
·如果STA2通过CCA检测到主信道闲和/或STA2在主信道刚好收到NAV终止的帧,则终止次信道的使用。·If STA2 detects that the primary channel is idle through CCA and/or STA2 happens to receive a NAV terminated frame on the primary channel, the use of the secondary channel will be terminated.
STA2每隔T_burst的时长发送1个short PPDU,然后根据上述方法检测主信道;例如T_burst=2*SIFS+TXTIME(Ack/BlockAck)。STA2 sends a short PPDU every T_burst, and then detects the main channel according to the above method; for example, T_burst=2*SIFS+TXTIME(Ack/BlockAck).
对于实施例二STA为TXOP holder的场景二中的方案1,还提供以下指示方式。For Solution 1 in Scenario 2 of Embodiment 2 in which STA is a TXOP holder, the following instructions are also provided.
指示方式1、AP在次信道上主动发CF-End结束次信道TXOPInstruction method 1: AP actively sends CF-End on the secondary channel to end the secondary channel TXOP
假设STA 2在次信道上与AP进行通信,由于AP能力较强,可以同时在主信道和次信道进行监听,那么当主信道NAV被reset时,AP是可以在主信道获知该信息的。因此,AP可在次信道上直接发送CF-End结束与STA 2之间的在次信道上建立的TXOP。Assume that STA 2 communicates with the AP on the secondary channel. Since the AP has strong capabilities, it can monitor on the primary channel and the secondary channel at the same time. Then when the primary channel NAV is reset, the AP can learn the information on the primary channel. Therefore, the AP can directly send the TXOP established on the secondary channel between the CF-End and STA 2 on the secondary channel.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图28所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder是STA 2)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以STA 1为例,也可以是AP)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 28, in the initial state, AP and STA 1 established a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
STA 2无法获知主信道的NAV被reset,但是作为TXOP responder的AP回复完当前PPDU(PPDU2)的BlockAck/Ack间隔SIFS后的T2时刻可以在次信道主动发送CF-End终止次信道的TXOP,那么次信道在T2时刻之后空闲。此外,T2时刻STA 2在次信道收到AP发送的CF-End之后,也可以默认主信道在T2时刻之后空闲。 STA 2 cannot know that the NAV of the main channel has been reset, but the AP as the TXOP responder can actively send CF-End on the secondary channel to terminate the TXOP of the secondary channel at T2 time after replying the BlockAck/Ack interval SIFS of the current PPDU (PPDU2), then The secondary channel is idle after time T2. In addition, after STA 2 receives the CF-End sent by the AP on the secondary channel at T2, it can also default to the main channel being idle after T2.
指示方式2、AP在次信道上主动发CF-End建议TXOP holder发CF-End结束次信道TXOPInstruction method 2: AP actively sends CF-End suggestion TXOP on the secondary channel, and the holder sends CF-End to end the secondary channel TXOP.
STA 2是次信道的TXOP holder,作为TXOP responder的AP主动发送CF-End请求TXOP holder终止次信道的使用,然后由TXOP holder来进行确认。那么也就是说AP在次信道发送CF-End之后STA 2在次信道也发送CF-End来确认终止次信道的使用。 STA 2 is the TXOP holder of the secondary channel. As the TXOP responder, the AP actively sends a CF-End request to the TXOP holder to terminate the use of the secondary channel, and then the TXOP holder confirms it. That means that after the AP sends CF-End on the secondary channel, STA 2 also sends CF-End on the secondary channel to confirm the termination of the use of the secondary channel.
以40MHz BSS为例,如图29所示,初始状态下AP与STA 1在主信道建立了时长为T0的TXOP(主信道TXOP holder可以是AP也可以是STA 1),相应地,AP与STA 2在次信道建立时长小于或等于T0的TXOP(次信道TXOP holder是STA 2)。如果在T1时刻主信道NAV被reset,例如主信道TXOP holder(以STA 1为例,也可以是AP)发送CF-End,那么主信道在T1时刻之后就是空闲的。此外,对于STA 1来说次信道在T1时刻之后也是空闲的。Taking 40MHz BSS as an example, as shown in Figure 29, in the initial state, AP and STA 1 establish a TXOP with a duration of T0 on the main channel (the main channel TXOP holder can be AP or STA 1). Correspondingly, AP and STA 2 The TXOP in which the secondary channel establishment duration is less than or equal to T0 (the secondary channel TXOP holder is STA 2). If the main channel NAV is reset at time T1, for example, the main channel TXOP holder (taking STA 1 as an example, it can also be AP) sends CF-End, then the main channel will be idle after time T1. In addition, for STA 1, the secondary channel is also idle after time T1.
STA 2无法获知主信道的NAV被reset,但是AP回复完当前PPDU(PPDU2)的BlockAck/Ack间隔SIFS后可以在次信道主动发送CF-End(该CF-End由TXOP responder发起,作用是建议TXOP holder终止TXOP),然后间隔SIFS之后的T2时刻作为TXOP holder的STA 2也在次信道上发送CF-End终止次信道的TXOP。此外,T2时刻STA 2在次信道发送CF-End之后,也可以默认主信道在T2时刻 之后空闲。 STA 2 cannot know that the NAV of the main channel has been reset, but the AP can actively send CF-End on the secondary channel after replying to the BlockAck/Ack interval SIFS of the current PPDU (PPDU2) (the CF-End is initiated by the TXOP responder and its function is to suggest TXOP holder terminates TXOP), and then at T2 time after the interval SIFS, STA 2, which is the TXOP holder, also sends a CF-End TXOP on the secondary channel to terminate the secondary channel. In addition, after STA 2 sends CF-End on the secondary channel at time T2, it can also default to the main channel being idle after time T2.
以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the specific details of the above-mentioned embodiments. Within the scope of the technical concept of the present application, various simple modifications can be made to the technical solutions of the present application. These simple modifications all belong to the protection scope of this application. For example, each specific technical feature described in the above-mentioned specific embodiments can be combined in any suitable way without conflict. In order to avoid unnecessary repetition, this application will no longer describe various possible combinations. Specify otherwise. For another example, any combination of various embodiments of the present application can be carried out. As long as they do not violate the idea of the present application, they should also be regarded as the contents disclosed in the present application. For another example, on the premise of no conflict, each embodiment described in this application and/or the technical features in each embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the existing technology, and the technical solution obtained after the combination shall also fall within the scope of this application. protected range.
还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向,其中,“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向,“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向,“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如,“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外,本申请实施例中,术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。具体地,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that in the various method embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application. The implementation of the examples does not constitute any limitations. In addition, in the embodiments of this application, the terms "downlink", "uplink" and "sidelink" are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, where "downlink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is from the station. The first direction to the user equipment of the cell, "uplink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction from the user equipment of the cell to the site, and "sidelink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is A third direction sent from User Device 1 to User Device 2. For example, "downlink signal" indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction. In addition, in the embodiment of this application, the term "and/or" is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
图28是本申请实施例提供的信道使用装置的结构组成示意图一,应用于第一节点,如图28所示,信道使用装置2800包括:Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a channel usage device provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is applied to the first node. As shown in Figure 28, the channel usage device 2800 includes:
第一通信单元2801,配置为确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The first communication unit 2801 is configured to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then send a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述次信道的第二传输机会在所述第一帧发送完被终止。In some embodiments, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated after the first frame is sent.
在一些实施例中,所述第一帧为免竞争结束CF-End帧。In some embodiments, the first frame is a contention-free end CF-End frame.
在一些实施例中,第一通信单元2801,还配置为在所述主信道上接收到第二帧,基于所述第二帧确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to receive a second frame on the main channel, determine based on the second frame that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, and the second The frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,第一通信单元2801,还配置为在主动终止所述主信道的第一传输机会,从而确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to actively terminate the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, thereby determining that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,第一通信单元2801,还配置为在所述主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to send a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述第二帧为CF-End帧。In some embodiments, the second frame is a CF-End frame.
在一些实施例中,第一通信单元2801,还配置为在所述次信道上接收到第三帧,基于所述第三帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述第三帧用于请求所述第一节点发送所述第一帧。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to receive a third frame on the secondary channel, and determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated based on the third frame. The third frame is Requesting the first node to send the first frame.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧是第二节点在主信道上接收到或发送第二帧后发送给所述第一节点的,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate the third frame of the main channel. A transmission opportunity was terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the third frame includes one of the following:
第一块确认BA帧、第一确认ACK帧、反向协议允许的帧、CF-End帧。The first block acknowledges the BA frame, the first acknowledgement ACK frame, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol, and the CF-End frame.
在一些实施例中,所述第一BA帧中包括有第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。In some embodiments, the first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息位于所述第一BA帧的BA控制字段中的预留位。In some embodiments, the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in the BA control field of the first BA frame.
在一些实施例中,所述携带所述第一ACK帧的第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU携带有第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。In some embodiments, the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the secondary channel. usage of.
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息位于所述第一PPDU的数据字段中服务字段的预留位。In some embodiments, the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
在一些实施例中,所述反向协议允许的帧包括以下至少之一:传输机会结束帧和携带控制信息的(服务质量)空数据帧(QoS)Null帧。In some embodiments, the frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
在一些实施例中,所述传输机会结束帧的帧体为空或设定信息。In some embodiments, the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or setting information.
在一些实施例中,所述(QoS)Null帧中携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的第二传输机会。In some embodiments, the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第三指示信息为所述(QoS)Null帧中的高吞吐量HT控制字段中的A-控制(A-Control)字段中取值为第一值的控制标识,所述HT控制字段中取值为第二值的第一字段指示所述 HT控制字段中的第二字段为A-Control字段。In some embodiments, the third indication information is a control identifier whose value is the first value in the A-Control field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame, The first field in the HT control field whose value is the second value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
在一些实施例中,所述反向协议允许的帧用于对第二PPDU进行确认,或,所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,所述第二PPDU为所述第一节点在所述反向协议允许的帧之前发送的最近一个PPDU。In some embodiments, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU. , the second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
在一些实施例中,第一通信单元2801,还配置为若所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,在所述次信道上接收所述第一确认帧。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to receive all the frames allowed by the reverse protocol on the secondary channel if they are independent of the first acknowledgment frame used to acknowledge the second PPDU. The first acknowledgment frame.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧包括所述反向协议允许的帧的条件为:所述第一节点为所述次信道的第二传输机会维持端,且所述第一节点开启了所述次信道的反向协议。In some embodiments, the conditions for the third frame to include frames allowed by the reverse protocol are: the first node is the second transmission opportunity sustainer of the secondary channel, and the first node is enabled. Reverse protocol for the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,第一通信单元2801,还配置为在所述次信道上发送第三PPDU,所述第三PPDU用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to send a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第三PPDU中包括有第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。In some embodiments, the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第四指示信息位于所述第三PPDU中的HT控制字段中反向授权/更多PPDU子字段。In some embodiments, the fourth indication information is located in the reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
在一些实施例中,第一通信单元2801,还配置为在第一时刻确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在第二时刻在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第二时刻位于所述第一时刻之后且与所述第一时刻间隔第一时长。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 2801 is further configured to determine at the first moment that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then send the first frame on the secondary channel at the second moment, and the second moment is located After the first time and separated from the first time by a first period of time.
在一些实施例中,所述第一时长至少包括一个短帧间间隔SIFS时长。In some embodiments, the first duration includes at least a short interframe space SIFS duration.
在一些实施例中,所述次信道的第二传输机会用于所述第一节点与第二节点之间的通信。In some embodiments, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node.
在一些实施例中,In some embodiments,
所述主信道的第一传输机会用于所述第一节点与第三节点之间的通信;或者,The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node; or,
所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点与第三节点之间的通信。The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。In some embodiments, the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
在一些实施例中,在至少包括所述主信道的至少一个信道上接收到第四帧,则所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第四帧指示的第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when a fourth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the primary channel, the maintained NAV of the primary channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when the main channel is maintained at an NAV, the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame;
所述第一持续时长大于所述主信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,In some embodiments, the primary channel is maintained with two NAVs,
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。A first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
在一些实施例中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第一持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第一目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when both NAVs are updated to the first duration, the first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和基本服务集BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
若所述第四帧属于BSS间,所述第一目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the first target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第四帧属于BSS内部或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第一目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fourth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS间或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,一个节点关联的至少一个次信道中,每一次信道分别被维持相应的NAV。In some embodiments, a corresponding NAV is maintained for each sub-channel associated with a node.
在一些实施例中,对于所述至少一个次信道中的一个第一次信道,被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。In some embodiments, one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first of the at least one secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述至少一个次信道中不同次信道被维持的NAV的数量相同或不同。In some embodiments, the number of NAVs maintained for different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
在一些实施例中,在至少包括所述第一次信道的至少一个信道上接收到第五帧,则所述第一次信道 被维持的NAV被重置为所述第五帧指示的第二持续时长。In some embodiments, upon receiving a fifth frame on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second NAV indicated by the fifth frame. Duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。In some embodiments, if the channel is maintained for one NAV for the first time, the NAV for which the channel is maintained for the first time is reset to the second duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame;
所述第二持续时长大于所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,In some embodiments, the first channel is maintained for two NAV cases,
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the second duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。A second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
在一些实施例中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第二持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第二目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。In some embodiments, when both NAVs are updated to the second duration, the second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
若所述第五帧属于BSS间,所述第二目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fifth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the second target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第五帧属于BSS内部或所述第五帧无法被识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第二目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fifth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS间或所述第五帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
图29是本申请实施例提供的信道使用装置的结构组成示意图二,应用于第二节点,如图29所示,信道使用装置2900包括:Figure 29 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structural composition of the channel usage device provided by the embodiment of the present application. It is applied to the second node. As shown in Figure 29, the channel usage device 2900 includes:
第二通信单元2901,配置为在次信道上接收到第一帧,基于所述第一帧确定次信道的第二传输机会被终止,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The second communication unit 2901 is configured to receive a first frame on the secondary channel, and determine that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame, where the first frame is used to indicate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel. The transfer opportunity was terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述次信道的第二传输机会在所述第一帧接收完被终止。In some embodiments, the second transmission opportunity for the secondary channel is terminated upon receipt of the first frame.
在一些实施例中,所述第一帧为免竞争结束CF-End帧。In some embodiments, the first frame is a contention-free end CF-End frame.
在一些实施例中,第二通信单元2901,还配置为在主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to send a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,第二通信单元2901,还配置为在主信道上接收第二帧,所述第二帧用于用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to receive a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述第二帧为CF-End帧。In some embodiments, the second frame is a CF-End frame.
在一些实施例中,第二通信单元2901,还配置为在所述次信道上发送第三帧,所述第三针用于请求所述第一节点发送所述第一帧,所述第三帧还用于确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to send a third frame on the secondary channel, and the third needle is used to request the first node to send the first frame. The frame is also used to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧是所述第二节点在主信道上接收到或发送第二帧后发送给所述第一节点的,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。In some embodiments, the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the main channel The first transmission opportunity is terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the third frame includes one of the following:
第一块确认BA帧、第一确认ACK帧、反向协议允许的帧、CF-End帧。The first block acknowledges the BA frame, the first acknowledgement ACK frame, the reverse protocol allowed frame, and the CF-End frame.
在一些实施例中,所述第一BA帧中包括有第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。In some embodiments, the first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息位于所述第一BA帧的BA控制字段中的预留位。In some embodiments, the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in the BA control field of the first BA frame.
在一些实施例中,所述携带所述第一ACK帧的第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU携带有第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。In some embodiments, the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the secondary channel. usage of.
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息位于所述第一PPDU的数据字段中服务字段的预留位。In some embodiments, the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
在一些实施例中,所述反向协议允许的帧包括以下至少之一:传输机会结束帧和携带控制信息的(服务质量)空数据帧(QoS)Null帧。In some embodiments, the frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
在一些实施例中,所述传输机会结束帧的帧体为空或设定信息。In some embodiments, the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or setting information.
在一些实施例中,所述(QoS)Null帧中携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于请求所述 第一节点终止所述次信道的第二传输机会。In some embodiments, the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第三指示信息为所述(QoS)Null帧中的高吞吐量HT控制字段中的A-控制(A-Control)字段中取值为第一值的控制标识,所述HT控制字段中取值为第二值的第一字段指示所述HT控制字段中的第二字段为A-Control字段。In some embodiments, the third indication information is a control identifier whose value is the first value in the A-Control field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame, The first field in the HT control field whose value is the second value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
在一些实施例中,所述反向协议允许的帧用于对第二PPDU进行确认,或,所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,所述第二PPDU为所述第一节点在所述反向协议允许的帧之前发送的最近一个PPDU。In some embodiments, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU. , the second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
在一些实施例中,第二通信单元2901,还配置为若所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,在所述次信道上接收所述第一确认帧。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to receive all the frames allowed by the reverse protocol on the secondary channel if they are independent of the first acknowledgment frame used to acknowledge the second PPDU. The first acknowledgment frame.
在一些实施例中,所述第三帧包括所述反向协议允许的帧的条件为:所述第二节点为所述次信道的第二传输机会响应端,且所述第一节点开启了所述次信道的反向协议。In some embodiments, the conditions for the third frame to include frames allowed by the reverse protocol are: the second node is the second transmission opportunity responder of the secondary channel, and the first node is enabled. Reverse protocol for the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,第二通信单元2901,还配置为在所述次信道上接收第三PPDU,所述第三PPDU用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 2901 is further configured to receive a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第三PPDU中包括有第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。In some embodiments, the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述第四指示信息位于所述第三PPDU中的HT控制字段中反向授权/更多PPDU子字段。In some embodiments, the fourth indication information is located in the reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
所述主信道的第一传输机会用于所述第二节点与第三节点之间的通信。The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点与第三节点之间的通信;或者,In some embodiments, the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node; or,
在一些实施例中,所述次信道的第二传输机会用于第一节点与所述第二节点之间的通信。In some embodiments, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。In some embodiments, the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
在一些实施例中,在至少包括所述主信道的至少一个信道上接收到第四帧,则所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第四帧指示的第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when a fourth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the primary channel, the maintained NAV of the primary channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when the main channel is maintained at an NAV, the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame;
所述第一持续时长大于所述主信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,In some embodiments, the primary channel is maintained with two NAVs,
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。A first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
在一些实施例中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第一持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第一目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when both NAVs are updated to the first duration, the first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和基本服务集BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
若所述第四帧属于BSS间,所述第一目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the first target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第四帧属于BSS内部或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第一目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fourth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS间或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,一个节点关联的至少一个次信道中,每一次信道分别被维持相应的NAV。In some embodiments, a corresponding NAV is maintained for each sub-channel associated with a node.
在一些实施例中,对于所述至少一个次信道中的一个第一次信道,被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。In some embodiments, one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first of the at least one secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述至少一个次信道中不同次信道被维持的NAV的数量相同或不同。In some embodiments, the number of NAVs maintained for different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
在一些实施例中,在至少包括所述第一次信道的至少一个信道上接收到第五帧,则所述第一次信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第五帧指示的第二持续时长。In some embodiments, upon receiving a fifth frame on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second NAV indicated by the fifth frame. Duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV 被重置为所述第二持续时长。In some embodiments, when the first channel is maintained for one NAV, the first channel is maintained for one NAV and is reset to the second duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame;
所述第二持续时长大于所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,In some embodiments, the first channel is maintained for two NAV cases,
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the second duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。A second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
在一些实施例中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第二持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第二目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。In some embodiments, when both NAVs are updated to the second duration, the second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
若所述第五帧属于BSS间,所述第二目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fifth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the second target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第五帧属于BSS内部或所述第五帧无法被识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第二目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fifth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS间或所述第五帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
图30是本申请实施例提供的信道使用装置的结构组成示意图三,应用于第一节点,如图30所示,信道使用装置3000包括:Figure 30 is a schematic diagram 3 of the structure of a channel usage device provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is applied to the first node. As shown in Figure 30, the channel usage device 3000 includes:
检测单3001,配置为在次信道上发送第四物理层协议数据单元PPDU后,检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止;若所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。Detection unit 3001 is configured to detect whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated after sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the secondary channel The second transmission opportunity is terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述第四PPDU包括:In some embodiments, the fourth PPDU includes:
所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置的可能被忽略或所述主信道的NAV的值超过第一阈值情况下发送的常规的PPDU;A regular PPDU sent when the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset may be ignored or the NAV value of the main channel exceeds the first threshold;
所述主信道的NAV的值未超过所述第一阈值情况下发送的短PPDU,所述短PPDU的长度小于所述常规的PPDU的长度。The short PPDU is sent when the NAV value of the main channel does not exceed the first threshold, and the length of the short PPDU is smaller than the length of the regular PPDU.
在一些实施例中,所述短PPDU的长度包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the length of the short PPDU includes at least one of the following:
固定的长度;fixed length;
第一长度范围中的长度;the length in the first range of lengths;
基于所述常规的PPDU的长度和第一数值确定的长度。The length is determined based on the length of the conventional PPDU and the first value.
在一些实施例中,不同的短PPDU的长度相同或不同。In some embodiments, different short PPDUs have the same or different lengths.
在一些实施例中,检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止的方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the method of detecting whether the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated includes at least one of the following:
空闲信道评估CCA;Clear channel assessment CCA;
所述主信道是否接收到第六帧,所述第六帧用于指示所述主信道的网络分配矢量NAV被重置为0。Whether the main channel receives the sixth frame, the sixth frame is used to indicate that the network allocation vector NAV of the main channel is reset to 0.
在一些实施例中,通过CCA确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止的条件包括:通过CCA确定所述主信道在第二时长内空闲。In some embodiments, the condition for determining through CCA that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated includes: determining through CCA that the main channel is idle within a second duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第二时长包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the second duration includes one of the following:
短帧间间隔SIFS、集中协调功能帧间间隔PIFS、分布协调功能帧间间隔DIFS。Short inter-frame space SIFS, centralized coordination function inter-frame space PIFS, distributed coordination function inter-frame space DIFS.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止的条件包括:In some embodiments, the conditions under which the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated include:
所述主信道上传输第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。A second frame is transmitted on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。In some embodiments, the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
在一些实施例中,在至少包括所述主信道的至少一个信道上接收到第四帧,则所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第四帧指示的第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when a fourth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the primary channel, the maintained NAV of the primary channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when the main channel is maintained at an NAV, the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame;
所述第一持续时长大于所述主信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,In some embodiments, the primary channel is maintained with two NAVs,
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。A first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
在一些实施例中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第一持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第一目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。In some embodiments, when both NAVs are updated to the first duration, the first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述主信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和基本服务集BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained on the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
若所述第四帧属于BSS间,所述第一目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the first target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第四帧属于BSS内部或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第一目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fourth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS间或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
所述第四帧属于BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
在一些实施例中,一个节点关联的至少一个次信道中,每一次信道分别被维持相应的NAV。In some embodiments, a corresponding NAV is maintained for each sub-channel associated with a node.
在一些实施例中,对于所述至少一个次信道中的一个第一次信道,被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。In some embodiments, one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first of the at least one secondary channel.
在一些实施例中,所述至少一个次信道中不同次信道被维持的NAV的数量相同或不同。In some embodiments, the number of NAVs maintained for different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
在一些实施例中,在至少包括所述第一次信道的至少一个信道上接收到第五帧,则所述第一次信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第五帧指示的第二持续时长。In some embodiments, upon receiving a fifth frame on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second NAV indicated by the fifth frame. Duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。In some embodiments, if the channel is maintained for one NAV for the first time, the NAV for which the channel is maintained for the first time is reset to the second duration.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame;
所述第二持续时长大于所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,In some embodiments, the first channel is maintained for two NAV cases,
所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the second duration; or,
所述两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。A second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
在一些实施例中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第二持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第二目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。In some embodiments, when both NAVs are updated to the second duration, the second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration, and the The other NAV of the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述第一次信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和BSS内部NAV,In some embodiments, the two NAVs maintained for the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
若所述第五帧属于BSS间,所述第二目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fifth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the second target NAV is the basic NAV;
若所述第五帧属于BSS内部或所述第五帧无法被识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第二目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fifth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
在一些实施例中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS间或所述第五帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
在一些实施例中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
所述第五帧属于BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the BSS;
所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述信道使用装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的信道使用方法的相关描述进行理解。Persons skilled in the art should understand that the relevant description of the above-mentioned channel use device in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to the relevant description of the channel use method in the embodiment of the present application.
图31是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备3100示意性结构图。该通信设备可以是第一节点,也可 以是第二节点。图31所示的通信设备3100包括处理器3110,处理器3110可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be the first node or the second node. The communication device 3100 shown in Figure 31 includes a processor 3110. The processor 3110 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图31所示,通信设备3100还可以包括存储器3120。其中,处理器3110可以从存储器3120中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in Figure 31, the communication device 3100 may further include a memory 3120. The processor 3110 can call and run the computer program from the memory 3120 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器3120可以是独立于处理器3110的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器3110中。The memory 3120 may be a separate device independent of the processor 3110, or may be integrated into the processor 3110.
可选地,如图31所示,通信设备3100还可以包括收发器3130,处理器3110可以控制该收发器3130与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。Optionally, as shown in Figure 31, the communication device 3100 can also include a transceiver 3130. The processor 3110 can control the transceiver 3130 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, it can send information or data to other devices, or receive other devices. Information or data sent by the device.
其中,收发器3130可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器3130还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Among them, the transceiver 3130 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 3130 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
可选地,该通信设备3100具体可为本申请实施例的第一节点,并且该通信设备3100可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 3100 can be specifically the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 3100 can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they are not mentioned here. Again.
可选地,该通信设备3100具体可为本申请实施例的第二节点,并且该通信设备3100可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第二节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 3100 can be specifically the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 3100 can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they are not mentioned here. Again.
图32是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图32所示的芯片3200包括处理器3210,处理器3210可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 3200 shown in Figure 32 includes a processor 3210. The processor 3210 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图32所示,芯片3200还可以包括存储器3220。其中,处理器3210可以从存储器3220中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in Figure 32, the chip 3200 may also include a memory 3220. The processor 3210 can call and run the computer program from the memory 3220 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器3220可以是独立于处理器3210的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器3210中。The memory 3220 may be a separate device independent of the processor 3210, or may be integrated into the processor 3210.
可选地,该芯片3200还可以包括输入接口3230。其中,处理器3210可以控制该输入接口3230与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 3200 may also include an input interface 3230. The processor 3210 can control the input interface 3230 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片3200还可以包括输出接口3240。其中,处理器3210可以控制该输出接口2640与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 3200 may also include an output interface 3240. The processor 3210 can control the output interface 2640 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can output information or data to other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第一节点,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details will not be described here.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第二节点,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第二节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the details will not be described again.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
图33是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统3300的示意性框图。如图33所示,该通信系统3300包括第一节点3310和第二节点3320。Figure 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 33, the communication system 3300 includes a first node 3310 and a second node 3320.
其中,该第一节点3310可以用于实现上述方法中由第一节点实现的相应的功能,以及该第二节点3320可以用于实现上述方法中由第二节点实现的相应的功能为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Among them, the first node 3310 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the first node in the above method, and the second node 3320 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the second node in the above method. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available processors. Programmed logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application can be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above memory is an exemplary but not restrictive description. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, memories in embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的第一节点,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, I won’t go into details here.
可选地,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的第二节点,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第二节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, I won’t go into details here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
可选的,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的第一节点,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
可选地,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的第二节点,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第二节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
可选的,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的第一节点,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the first node in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the first node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
可选地,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的第二节点,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第二节点实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the second node in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the second node in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,)ROM、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (129)

  1. 一种信道使用方法,所述方法包括:A method for using a channel, the method includes:
    第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述次信道的第二传输机会在所述第一帧发送完被终止。The method of claim 1, wherein the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated after the first frame is sent.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,所述第一帧为免竞争结束CF-End帧。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first frame is a contention-free end CF-End frame.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, including:
    所述第一节点在所述主信道上接收到第二帧,基于所述第二帧确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The first node receives a second frame on the main channel, determines based on the second frame that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, and the second frame is used to indicate the third transmission opportunity of the main channel. A transmission opportunity was terminated.
  5. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, including:
    所述第一节点主动终止所述主信道的第一传输机会,从而确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The first node actively terminates the first transmission opportunity of the main channel, thereby determining that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, further comprising:
    所述第一节点在所述主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The first node sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  7. 根据权利要求4或6所述的方法,其中,所述第二帧为CF-End帧。The method according to claim 4 or 6, wherein the second frame is a CF-End frame.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated, including:
    所述第一节点在所述次信道上接收到第三帧,基于所述第三帧确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述第三帧用于请求所述第一节点发送所述第一帧。The first node receives a third frame on the secondary channel, determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated based on the third frame, and the third frame is used to request the first node to send the First frame.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述第三帧是第二节点在主信道上接收到或发送第二帧后发送给所述第一节点的,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The method according to claim 8, wherein the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其中,所述第三帧包括以下之一:The method of claim 8 or 9, wherein the third frame includes one of the following:
    第一块确认BA帧、第一确认ACK帧、反向协议允许的帧、CF-End帧。The first block acknowledges the BA frame, the first acknowledgement ACK frame, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol, and the CF-End frame.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述第一BA帧中包括有第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。The method according to claim 10, wherein the first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate use of the secondary channel.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息位于所述第一BA帧的BA控制字段中的预留位。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in a BA control field of the first BA frame.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述携带所述第一ACK帧的第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU携带有第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。The method according to claim 10, wherein the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node Terminate use of the secondary channel.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息位于所述第一PPDU的数据字段中服务字段的预留位。The method according to claim 13, wherein the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述反向协议允许的帧包括以下至少之一:传输机会结束帧和携带控制信息的(服务质量)空数据帧(QoS)Null帧。The method according to claim 10, wherein the frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述传输机会结束帧的帧体为空或设定信息。The method according to claim 15, wherein the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or setting information.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述(QoS)Null帧中携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的第二传输机会。The method according to claim 15, wherein the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述第三指示信息为所述(QoS)Null帧中的高吞吐量HT控制字段中的A-控制(A-Control)字段中取值为第一值的控制标识,所述HT控制字段中取值为第二值的第一字段指示所述HT控制字段中的第二字段为A-Control字段。The method according to claim 17, wherein the third indication information is the first value in the A-Control field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame. A control identifier of the value. The first field in the HT control field whose value is the second value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
  19. 根据权利要求10、15至18中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述反向协议允许的帧用于对第二PPDU进行确认,或,所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,所述第二PPDU为所述第一节点在所述反向协议允许的帧之前发送的最近一个PPDU。The method according to any one of claims 10, 15 to 18, wherein the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is the same as the frame used for confirming the second PPDU. The second PPDU confirms the first confirmation frame independently, and the second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,若所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein if the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU, the method further includes:
    所述第一节点在所述次信道上接收所述第一确认帧。The first node receives the first acknowledgment frame on the secondary channel.
  21. 根据权利要求10、15至20中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三帧包括所述反向协议允许的帧的条件为:所述第一节点为所述次信道的第二传输机会维持端,且所述第一节点开启了所述 次信道的反向协议。The method according to any one of claims 10, 15 to 20, wherein the condition for the third frame to include the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is: the first node is the second node of the secondary channel. The transmission opportunity is maintained at the end, and the first node starts the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  22. 根据权利要求10、15至21中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10, 15 to 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一节点在所述次信道上发送第三PPDU,所述第三PPDU用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。The first node sends a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述第三PPDU中包括有第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。The method according to claim 22, wherein the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening a reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,所述第四指示信息位于所述第三PPDU中的HT控制字段中反向授权/更多PPDU子字段。The method according to claim 23, wherein the fourth indication information is located in the reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
  25. 根据权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein the first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then sends the first frame on the secondary channel, including:
    所述第一节点在第一时刻确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在第二时刻在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第二时刻位于所述第一时刻之后且与所述第一时刻间隔第一时长。The first node determines that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated at the first moment, and then sends the first frame on the secondary channel at the second moment, and the second moment is located after the first moment and is the same as the first moment. The first moment is separated by the first duration.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述第一时长至少包括一个短帧间间隔SIFS时长。The method of claim 25, wherein the first duration includes at least a short interframe space (SIFS) duration.
  27. 根据权利要求1至26中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 26, wherein,
    所述次信道的第二传输机会用于所述第一节点与第二节点之间的通信。The second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node.
  28. 根据权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 27, wherein
    所述主信道的第一传输机会用于所述第一节点与第三节点之间的通信;或者,The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node; or,
    所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第二节点与第三节点之间的通信。The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
  29. 根据权利要求1至28中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。A method according to any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein the main channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 29, wherein:
    在至少包括所述主信道的至少一个信道上接收到第四帧,则所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第四帧指示的第一持续时长。When a fourth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the main channel, the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 30, wherein:
    所述主信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。When the main channel is maintained at one NAV, the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 31, wherein the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述主信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,The method according to claim 30, wherein the main channel is maintained at two NAVs,
    所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
    所述两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。A first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第一持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第一目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。The method of claim 33, wherein when both NAVs are updated to the first duration, a first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration. duration, and the other NAV among the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和基本服务集BSS内部NAV,The method according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the two NAVs maintained by the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
    若所述第四帧属于BSS间,所述第一目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the first target NAV is the basic NAV;
    若所述第四帧属于BSS内部或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第一目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fourth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 35, wherein the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧属于BSS间或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 35, wherein the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧属于BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the BSS;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  38. 根据权利要求1至37中任一项所述的方法,其中,一个节点关联的至少一个次信道中,每一次信道分别被维持相应的NAV。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 37, wherein in at least one secondary channel associated with a node, each channel is maintained with a corresponding NAV.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其中,对于所述至少一个次信道中的一个第一次信道,被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。38. The method of claim 38, wherein one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first channel of the at least one secondary channel.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其中,所述至少一个次信道中不同次信道被维持的NAV的数量相同或不同。The method of claim 39, wherein the number of NAVs maintained by different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein,
    在至少包括所述第一次信道的至少一个信道上接收到第五帧,则所述第一次信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第五帧指示的第二持续时长。When a fifth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second duration indicated by the fifth frame.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。The method according to claim 41, wherein when the first channel is maintained for one NAV, the first NAV for which the channel is maintained is reset to the second duration.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 42, wherein the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
  44. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,The method of claim 41, wherein the first channel is maintained for two NAVs,
    所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the second duration; or,
    所述两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。A second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第二持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第二目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。The method of claim 44, wherein when both NAVs are updated to the second duration, a second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration. duration, and the other NAV among the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
  46. 根据权利要求44或45所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和BSS内部NAV,The method according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the two NAVs maintained by the first channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
    若所述第五帧属于BSS间,所述第二目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fifth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the second target NAV is the basic NAV;
    若所述第五帧属于BSS内部或所述第五帧无法被识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第二目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fifth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法,其中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 46, wherein the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧属于BSS间或所述第五帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的方法,其中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 46, wherein the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧属于BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the BSS;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  49. 一种信道使用方法,所述方法包括:A method for using a channel, the method includes:
    第二节点在次信道上接收到第一帧,基于所述第一帧确定次信道的第二传输机会被终止,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The second node receives a first frame on the secondary channel, determines based on the first frame that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated, and the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其中,所述次信道的第二传输机会在所述第一帧接收完被终止。The method of claim 49, wherein the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated after reception of the first frame.
  51. 根据权利要求49或50所述的方法,其中,所述第一帧为免竞争结束CF-End帧。The method according to claim 49 or 50, wherein the first frame is a contention-free end CF-End frame.
  52. 根据权利要求49至51中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 49 to 51, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二节点在主信道上发送第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The second node sends a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  53. 根据权利要求49至51中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 49 to 51, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二节点在主信道上接收第二帧,所述第二帧用于用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The second node receives a second frame on the main channel, where the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  54. 根据权利要求52或53所述的方法,其中,所述第二帧为CF-End帧。The method according to claim 52 or 53, wherein the second frame is a CF-End frame.
  55. 根据权利要求49至54中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 49 to 54, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二节点在所述次信道上发送第三帧,所述第三针用于请求所述第一节点发送所述第一帧,所述第三帧还用于确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The second node sends a third frame on the secondary channel, the third needle is used to request the first node to send the first frame, and the third frame is also used to determine the primary channel. The first transmission opportunity is terminated.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其中,所述第三帧是所述第二节点在主信道上接收到或发送第二帧后发送给所述第一节点的,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。The method of claim 55, wherein the third frame is sent to the first node after the second node receives or sends a second frame on the main channel, and the second frame is used to Indicates that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated.
  57. 根据权利要求55或56所述的方法,其中,所述第三帧包括以下之一:The method of claim 55 or 56, wherein the third frame includes one of the following:
    第一块确认BA帧、第一确认ACK帧、反向协议允许的帧、CF-End帧。The first block acknowledges the BA frame, the first acknowledgement ACK frame, the frame allowed by the reverse protocol, and the CF-End frame.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其中,所述第一BA帧中包括有第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。The method according to claim 57, wherein the first BA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the use of the secondary channel.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息位于所述第一BA帧的BA控制字段中的预留位。The method of claim 58, wherein the first indication information is located in a reserved bit in a BA control field of the first BA frame.
  60. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其中,所述携带所述第一ACK帧的第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU携带有第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的使用。The method according to claim 57, wherein the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU carrying the first ACK frame carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to request the first node Terminate use of the secondary channel.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息位于所述第一PPDU的数据字段中服务字段的预留位。The method according to claim 60, wherein the second indication information is located in a reserved bit of the service field in the data field of the first PPDU.
  62. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其中,所述反向协议允许的帧包括以下至少之一:传输机会结束帧和携带控制信息的(服务质量)空数据帧(QoS)Null帧。The method of claim 57, wherein the frames allowed by the reverse protocol include at least one of the following: an end of transmission opportunity frame and a (quality of service) null data frame (QoS) Null frame carrying control information.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其中,所述传输机会结束帧的帧体为空或设定信息。The method according to claim 62, wherein the frame body of the transmission opportunity end frame is empty or setting information.
  64. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其中,所述(QoS)Null帧中携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于请求所述第一节点终止所述次信道的第二传输机会。The method according to claim 62, wherein the (QoS) Null frame carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to request the first node to terminate the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其中,所述第三指示信息为所述(QoS)Null帧中的高吞吐量HT控制字段中的A-控制(A-Control)字段中取值为第一值的控制标识,所述HT控制字段中取值为第二值的第一字段指示所述HT控制字段中的第二字段为A-Control字段。The method according to claim 64, wherein the third indication information is the value of the A-Control (A-Control) field in the high throughput HT control field in the (QoS) Null frame. A control identifier of the value. The first field in the HT control field whose value is the second value indicates that the second field in the HT control field is the A-Control field.
  66. 根据权利要求57、62至65中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述反向协议允许的帧用于对第二PPDU进行确认,或,所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,所述第二PPDU为所述第一节点在所述反向协议允许的帧之前发送的最近一个PPDU。The method according to any one of claims 57, 62 to 65, wherein the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is used to confirm the second PPDU, or the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is the same as the frame used for confirming the second PPDU. The second PPDU confirms the first confirmation frame independently, and the second PPDU is the latest PPDU sent by the first node before the frame allowed by the reverse protocol.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的方法,其中,若所述反向协议允许的帧与用于对所述第二PPDU进行确认的第一确认帧独立,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 66, wherein if the frame allowed by the reverse protocol is independent of the first confirmation frame used to confirm the second PPDU, the method further includes:
    所述第二节点在所述次信道上接收所述第一确认帧。The second node receives the first acknowledgment frame on the secondary channel.
  68. 根据权利要求57、62至67中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三帧包括所述反向协议允许的帧的条件为:所述第二节点为所述次信道的第二传输机会响应端,且所述第一节点开启了所述次信道的反向协议。The method according to any one of claims 57, 62 to 67, wherein the condition for the third frame to include a frame allowed by the reverse protocol is: the second node is a second node of the secondary channel. The transmission opportunity responds to the end, and the first node activates the reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  69. 根据权利要求57、62至68中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 57, 62 to 68, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二节点在所述次信道上接收第三PPDU,所述第三PPDU用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。The second node receives a third PPDU on the secondary channel, where the third PPDU is used to indicate opening a reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的方法,其中,所述第三PPDU中包括有第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示开启所述次信道的反向协议。The method according to claim 69, wherein the third PPDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate opening a reverse protocol of the secondary channel.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的方法,其中,所述第四指示信息位于所述第三PPDU中的HT控制字段中反向授权/更多PPDU子字段。The method according to claim 70, wherein the fourth indication information is located in a reverse authorization/more PPDU subfield in the HT control field in the third PPDU.
  72. 根据权利要求49至71中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 49 to 71, wherein,
    所述次信道的第二传输机会用于所述第一节点与第二节点之间的通信。The second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is used for communication between the first node and the second node.
  73. 根据权利要求49至72中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 49 to 72, wherein
    所述主信道的第一传输机会用于第一节点与第三节点之间的通信;或者,The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the first node and the third node; or,
    所述主信道的第一传输机会用于所述第二节点与第三节点之间的通信。The first transmission opportunity of the main channel is used for communication between the second node and the third node.
  74. 根据权利要求49至73中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。A method according to any one of claims 49 to 73, wherein the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 74, wherein:
    在至少包括所述主信道的至少一个信道上接收到第四帧,则所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第四帧指示的第一持续时长。When a fourth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the main channel, the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 75, wherein:
    所述主信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。When the main channel is maintained at one NAV, the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 76, wherein the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述主信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
  78. 根据权利要求75所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,The method of claim 75, wherein the main channel is maintained at two NAVs,
    所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
    所述两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。A first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的方法,其中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第一持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第一目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。The method of claim 78, wherein when both NAVs are updated to the first duration, a first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration. duration, and the other NAV among the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
  80. 根据权利要求78或79所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和基本服务集BSS内部NAV,The method according to claim 78 or 79, wherein the two NAVs maintained by the main channel include a basic NAV and a basic service set BSS internal NAV,
    若所述第四帧属于BSS间,所述第一目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the first target NAV is the basic NAV;
    若所述第四帧属于BSS内部或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第一目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fourth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的方法,其中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 80, wherein the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧属于BSS间或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  82. 根据权利要求80所述的方法,其中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 80, wherein the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧属于BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the BSS;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  83. 根据权利要求49至82中任一项所述的方法,其中,一个节点关联的至少一个次信道中,每一次信道分别被维持相应的NAV。The method according to any one of claims 49 to 82, wherein in at least one secondary channel associated with a node, each channel is maintained with a corresponding NAV.
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的方法,其中,对于所述至少一个次信道中的一个第一次信道,被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。83. The method of claim 83, wherein one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first channel of the at least one secondary channel.
  85. 根据权利要求84所述的方法,其中,所述至少一个次信道中不同次信道被维持的NAV的数量相同或不同。The method of claim 84, wherein the number of NAVs maintained by different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
  86. 根据权利要求84或85所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 84 or 85, wherein,
    在至少包括所述第一次信道的至少一个信道上接收到第五帧,则所述第一次信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第五帧指示的第二持续时长。When a fifth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second duration indicated by the fifth frame.
  87. 根据权利要求86所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。The method of claim 86, wherein when the first channel is maintained for one NAV, the first NAV for which the channel is maintained is reset to the second duration.
  88. 根据权利要求87所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 87, wherein the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
  89. 根据权利要求86所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,The method of claim 86, wherein the first channel is maintained for two NAVs,
    所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the second duration; or,
    所述两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。A second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的方法,其中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第二持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第二目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。The method of claim 89, wherein when both NAVs are updated to the second duration, a second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration. duration, and the other NAV among the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
  91. 根据权利要求89或90所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和BSS内部NAV,The method of claim 89 or 90, wherein the two NAVs maintained for the first time channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
    若所述第五帧属于BSS间,所述第二目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fifth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the second target NAV is the basic NAV;
    若所述第五帧属于BSS内部或所述第五帧无法被识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第二目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fifth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  92. 根据权利要求91所述的方法,其中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 91, wherein the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧属于BSS间或所述第五帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  93. 根据权利要求91所述的方法,其中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 91, wherein the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧属于BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the BSS;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  94. 一种信道使用方法,所述方法包括:A method for using a channel, the method includes:
    第一节点在次信道上发送第四物理层协议数据单元PPDU后,检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止;若所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。After sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel, the first node detects whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel The transfer opportunity was terminated.
  95. 根据权利要求94所述的方法,其中,所述第四PPDU包括:The method of claim 94, wherein the fourth PPDU includes:
    所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置的可能被忽略或所述主信道的NAV的值超过第一阈值情况下发送的常规的PPDU;A regular PPDU sent when the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset may be ignored or the NAV value of the main channel exceeds the first threshold;
    所述主信道的NAV的值未超过所述第一阈值情况下发送的短PPDU,所述短PPDU的长度小于所述常规的PPDU的长度。The short PPDU is sent when the NAV value of the main channel does not exceed the first threshold, and the length of the short PPDU is smaller than the length of the regular PPDU.
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的方法,其中,所述短PPDU的长度包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 95, wherein the length of the short PPDU includes at least one of the following:
    固定的长度;fixed length;
    第一长度范围中的长度;the length in the first length range;
    基于所述常规的PPDU的长度和第一数值确定的长度。The length is determined based on the length of the conventional PPDU and the first value.
  97. 根据权利要求95或96所述的方法,其中,不同的短PPDU的长度相同或不同。The method according to claim 95 or 96, wherein the lengths of different short PPDUs are the same or different.
  98. 根据权利要求94至97中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止的方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 94 to 97, wherein the method for the first node to detect whether the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated includes at least one of the following:
    空闲信道评估CCA;Clear channel assessment CCA;
    所述主信道是否接收到第六帧,所述第六帧用于指示所述主信道的网络分配矢量NAV被重置为0。Whether the main channel receives the sixth frame, the sixth frame is used to indicate that the network allocation vector NAV of the main channel is reset to 0.
  99. 根据权利要求98所述的方法,其中,通过CCA确定所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止的条件包括:通过CCA确定所述主信道在第二时长内空闲。The method according to claim 98, wherein determining, through CCA, that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated includes determining, through CCA, that the main channel is idle within a second duration.
  100. 根据权利要求99所述的方法,其中,所述第二时长包括以下之一:The method of claim 99, wherein the second duration includes one of the following:
    短帧间间隔SIFS、集中协调功能帧间间隔PIFS、分布协调功能帧间间隔DIFS。Short interframe space SIFS, centralized coordination function interframe space PIFS, distributed coordination function interframe space DIFS.
  101. 根据权利要求94至100中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止的条件包括:The method according to any one of claims 94 to 100, wherein the conditions for the first transmission opportunity of the main channel to be terminated include:
    所述主信道上传输第二帧,所述第二帧用于指示所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止。A second frame is transmitted on the main channel, and the second frame is used to indicate that the first transmission opportunity of the main channel is terminated.
  102. 根据权利要求94至101中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。A method according to any one of claims 94 to 101, wherein the primary channel is maintained at one NAV or two NAV.
  103. 根据权利要求102所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 102, wherein:
    在至少包括所述主信道的至少一个信道上接收到第四帧,则所述主信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第四帧指示的第一持续时长。When a fourth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the main channel, the NAV maintained on the main channel is reset to the first duration indicated by the fourth frame.
  104. 根据权利要求103所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 103, wherein:
    所述主信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。When the main channel is maintained at one NAV, the NAV at which the main channel is maintained is reset to the first duration.
  105. 根据权利要求104所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 104, wherein the conditions for the NAV to be reset when the main channel is maintained include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述主信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The first duration is greater than a current value of NAV maintained by the main channel.
  106. 根据权利要求103所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,The method of claim 103, wherein the main channel is maintained at two NAVs,
    所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第一持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the first duration; or,
    所述两个NAV中的一个第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。A first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration.
  107. 根据权利要求103所述的方法,其中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第一持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第一目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第一目标NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长。The method of claim 103, wherein when both NAVs are updated to the first duration, the first target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the first duration. duration, and the other NAV among the two NAVs other than the first target NAV is reset to the first duration following the first target NAV.
  108. 根据权利要求106或107所述的方法,其中,所述主信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和基本服务集BSS内部NAV,The method according to claim 106 or 107, wherein the two NAVs maintained by the main channel include basic NAV and basic service set BSS internal NAV,
    若所述第四帧属于BSS间,所述第一目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fourth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the first target NAV is the basic NAV;
    若所述第四帧属于BSS内部或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第一目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fourth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the first target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  109. 根据权利要求108所述的方法,其中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件 包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 108, wherein the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧属于BSS间或所述第四帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fourth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  110. 根据权利要求108所述的方法,其中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第一持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 108, wherein the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the first duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第四帧属于BSS内部;The fourth frame belongs to the BSS;
    所述第一持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The first duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第四帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第四帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fourth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fourth frame.
  111. 根据权利要求94至110中任一项所述的方法,其中,一个节点关联的至少一个次信道中,每一次信道分别被维持相应的NAV。The method according to any one of claims 94 to 110, wherein in at least one secondary channel associated with a node, each channel is maintained with a corresponding NAV.
  112. 根据权利要求111所述的方法,其中,对于所述至少一个次信道中的一个第一次信道,被维持一个NAV或两个NAV。111. The method of claim 111, wherein one NAV or two NAVs are maintained for a first channel of the at least one secondary channel.
  113. 根据权利要求112所述的方法,其中,所述至少一个次信道中不同次信道被维持的NAV的数量相同或不同。The method according to claim 112, wherein the number of NAVs maintained by different sub-channels in the at least one sub-channel is the same or different.
  114. 根据权利要求112或113所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 112 or 113, wherein
    在至少包括所述第一次信道的至少一个信道上接收到第五帧,则所述第一次信道被维持的NAV被重置为所述第五帧指示的第二持续时长。When a fifth frame is received on at least one channel including at least the first channel, the NAV maintained on the first channel is reset to the second duration indicated by the fifth frame.
  115. 根据权利要求114所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持一个NAV的情况下,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。The method of claim 114, wherein when the first channel is maintained for one NAV, the first NAV for which the channel is maintained is reset to the second duration.
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV被重置的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 115, wherein the conditions for a NAV to be reset when the channel is maintained for the first time include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址;The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述第一次信道被维持的一个NAV当前的值。The second duration is a current value of NAV greater than the first time the channel is maintained.
  117. 根据权利要求114所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持两个NAV的情况下,The method of claim 114, wherein the first channel is maintained for two NAVs,
    所述两个NAV均被重置为所述第二持续时长;或,Both NAVs are reset to the second duration; or,
    所述两个NAV中的一个第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。A second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration.
  118. 根据权利要求117所述的方法,其中,所述两个NAV均被更新为所述第二持续时长的情况下,所述两个NAV中的第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长,且所述两个NAV中所述第二目标NAV中之外的另一个NAV跟随所述第二目标NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长。The method of claim 117, wherein when both NAVs are updated to the second duration, a second target NAV of the two NAVs is reset to the second duration. duration, and the other NAV among the two NAVs other than the second target NAV is reset to the second duration following the second target NAV.
  119. 根据权利要求117或118所述的方法,其中,所述第一次信道被维持的两个NAV包括基本NAV和BSS内部NAV,The method of claim 117 or 118, wherein the two NAVs maintained for the first time channel include basic NAV and BSS internal NAV,
    若所述第五帧属于BSS间,所述第二目标NAV为所述基本NAV;If the fifth frame belongs to inter-BSS, the second target NAV is the basic NAV;
    若所述第五帧属于BSS内部或所述第五帧无法被识别为BSS间或BSS内部,所述第二目标NAV为所述BSS内部NAV。If the fifth frame belongs to the intra-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as inter-BSS or intra-BSS, the second target NAV is the intra-BSS NAV.
  120. 根据权利要求119所述的方法,其中,所述基本NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 119, wherein the conditions for the basic NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧属于BSS间或所述第五帧无法识别为BSS间或BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the inter-BSS or the fifth frame cannot be identified as the inter-BSS or intra-BSS;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  121. 根据权利要求119所述的方法,其中,所述BSS内部NAV被重置为所述第二持续时长的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 119, wherein the conditions for the BSS internal NAV to be reset to the second duration include at least one of the following:
    所述第五帧属于BSS内部;The fifth frame belongs to the BSS;
    所述第二持续时长大于所述基本NAV当前的值;The second duration is greater than the current value of the basic NAV;
    所述第五帧的接收端地址不是接收所述第五帧的节点的地址。The receiving end address of the fifth frame is not the address of the node that receives the fifth frame.
  122. 一种信道使用装置,包括:A channel usage device, including:
    第一通信单元,配置为确定主信道的第一传输机会被终止,则在次信道上发送第一帧,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The first communication unit is configured to determine that the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, and then send a first frame on the secondary channel, where the first frame is used to indicate that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated.
  123. 一种信道使用装置,包括:A channel usage device, including:
    第二通信单元,配置为在次信道上接收到第一帧,基于所述第一帧确定次信道的第二传输机会被终止,所述第一帧用于指示所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。A second communication unit configured to receive a first frame on the secondary channel and determine that the second transmission opportunity of the secondary channel is terminated based on the first frame, the first frame being used to indicate the second transmission of the secondary channel. Opportunity terminated.
  124. 一种信道使用装置,包括:A channel usage device, including:
    检测单元,配置为在次信道上发送第四物理层协议数据单元PPDU后,检测主信道的第一传输机会是否被终止;若所述主信道的第一传输机会被终止,所述次信道的第二传输机会被终止。The detection unit is configured to detect whether the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated after sending the fourth physical layer protocol data unit PPDU on the secondary channel; if the first transmission opportunity of the primary channel is terminated, the secondary channel The second transmission opportunity is terminated.
  125. 一种通信设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1至48中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求49至93中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求94至121中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, including: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute as described in any one of claims 1 to 48 or perform the method described in any one of claims 49 to 93, or perform the method described in any one of claims 94 to 121.
  126. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备,执行执行如权利要求1至48中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求49至93中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求94至121中任一项所述的方法。A chip, including: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method described in any one of claims 1 to 48, or executes the claim The method of any one of claims 49 to 93, or performing the method of any one of claims 94 to 121.
  127. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机,执行如权利要求1至48中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求49至93中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求94至121中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program causing the computer to perform the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 48, or to perform the method as described in any one of claims 49 to 93 method, or perform the method described in any one of claims 94 to 121.
  128. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机,执行如权利要求1至48中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求49至93中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求94至121中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions causing a computer to perform a method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 48, or to perform a method as described in any one of claims 49 to 93, Or perform the method of any one of claims 94 to 121.
  129. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机,执行如权利要求1至48中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求49至93中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求94至121中任一项所述的方法。A computer program that causes a computer to perform the method described in any one of claims 1 to 48, or to perform the method described in any one of claims 49 to 93, or to perform claims 94 to 93. The method described in any one of 121.
PCT/CN2022/112275 2022-08-12 2022-08-12 Method and apparatus for using channel, and device and storage medium WO2024031687A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/112275 WO2024031687A1 (en) 2022-08-12 2022-08-12 Method and apparatus for using channel, and device and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/112275 WO2024031687A1 (en) 2022-08-12 2022-08-12 Method and apparatus for using channel, and device and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024031687A1 true WO2024031687A1 (en) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850511

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/112275 WO2024031687A1 (en) 2022-08-12 2022-08-12 Method and apparatus for using channel, and device and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024031687A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120327870A1 (en) * 2011-06-24 2012-12-27 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting wideband and multiple bandwidth transmission protocols
CN103416017A (en) * 2010-11-12 2013-11-27 交互数字专利控股公司 Method and apparatus for performing channel aggregation and medium access control retransmission
CN106688301A (en) * 2014-09-30 2017-05-17 华为技术有限公司 Multiple channel access method and device
CN113595679A (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-02 苹果公司 Apparatus and method for very high throughput (EHT) medium reservation
WO2022151912A1 (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-21 华为技术有限公司 Method for recovering right to use transmission opportunity, and related apparatus
CN114828280A (en) * 2021-01-29 2022-07-29 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103416017A (en) * 2010-11-12 2013-11-27 交互数字专利控股公司 Method and apparatus for performing channel aggregation and medium access control retransmission
US20120327870A1 (en) * 2011-06-24 2012-12-27 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting wideband and multiple bandwidth transmission protocols
CN106688301A (en) * 2014-09-30 2017-05-17 华为技术有限公司 Multiple channel access method and device
CN113595679A (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-02 苹果公司 Apparatus and method for very high throughput (EHT) medium reservation
WO2022151912A1 (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-21 华为技术有限公司 Method for recovering right to use transmission opportunity, and related apparatus
CN114828280A (en) * 2021-01-29 2022-07-29 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11564204B2 (en) Method for managing NAV in wireless LAN system and device for same
US10887916B2 (en) Method for updating a network allocation vector (NAV) in wireless LAN system and apparatus therefor
US10098150B2 (en) Operation method and apparatus using sectorized transmission opportunity in wireless LAN system
US10194468B2 (en) Wireless channel reservation
US9918342B2 (en) Method and device for transmitting/receiving frame in accordance with bandwidth thereof in WLAN system
US9655144B2 (en) Method and device for controlling channel access in wireless LAN system
US10517142B2 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving frame in wireless LAN system, and apparatus therefor
US20150282157A1 (en) Method and device for updating system information in wireless lan system
KR20180035729A (en) Method for transmitting data in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
US20190357256A1 (en) Channel access method in wireless lan system and device therefor
US9913292B2 (en) Method and device for restricted access window-based channel access in WLAN system
US10321473B2 (en) Method of transmitting or receiving frame in wireless LAN system and apparatus therefor
US11122624B2 (en) Pre-packet arrival channel contention
US11089628B2 (en) Heterogeneous network allocation vector (NAV)-based communication in wireless LAN system
US20190053134A1 (en) Method for performing scanning in wireless lan system, and device therefor
WO2024031687A1 (en) Method and apparatus for using channel, and device and storage medium
WO2024031694A1 (en) Channel use method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2017036258A1 (en) Contention access method, contention access device, base station and contention access system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22954639

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1